away childish things 12 For now we se through a glasse darkely but thē shal we se face to face Now I know in parte but then shall knowe euen as I am knowen 13 And now abideth faith hope and loue euen these thre but the chiefest of these is loue CHAP. XIIII 1 He exhorteth to loue commendeth the gif of tongues other spiritual gifts 5. But chiefly prophecying 34. He commaundeth women to kepe silence in the Church 40. And sheweth what good ordre ought to be obserued in the Church 1 FOllowe after loue and couet spiritual gifts and rather that ye maye prophecie 2 For he that speaketh a strāge tongue speaketh not vnto men but vnto God for no mā heareth him howbeit in the spirit he speaketh secret things 3 But he that prophecieth speaketh vnto mē to edifying and to exhortacion and to comfort 4 He that speaketh strange language edifieth him self but he that prophecieth edifieth the Church 5 I wolde that ye all spake strāge languages but rather that ye prophecied for greater is he that prophecieth then he that speaketh diuers tongues except he expounde it that the Church may receiue edification 6 And now brethren if I come vnto you spea king diuers tōgues what shal I profite you except I speake to you ether by reuelation or by knowledge or by propheciyng or by doctrine 7 Moreouer things without life which giue a sounde whether it be a pipe or an harpe except they make a distinctiō in the sounds how shal it be kenowen what is piped or harped 8 And also if the trumpet giue an vncerteine sounde who shal prepare him self to battel 9 So likewise you by the tongue except ye vtterwordes that haue signification how shal it be vnderstand what is spoken for ye shal speake in the ayre 10 There are so manie kindes of voyces as it cometh to passe in the worlde and none of them is domme 11 except I konowe then the power of the voyce I shal be vnto him that speaketh a barbarian and he that speaketh shal be a bar barian vnto me 12 Euen so for asmuche as ye couet spiritual gifts seke that ye maye excel vnto the edifying of the Church 13 Wherefore let him that speaketh a strāge tongue praie that he may interpret 14 For if I pray in a strange tongue my spirit praieth but mine vnderstanding is without frute 15 What is it then I wil praye with the spirit but I wil pray with the vnderstanding also I wil sing with the spirit but I wil sing with the vnderstanding also 16 Els when thou blessest with the spirit how shal he that occupieth the roume of the vnlearned say Amen at thy giuing of thankes seing he knoweth not what thou 〈◊〉 17 For thou velery giuest thankes wel but the other is not edified 18 I thanke my God I speake languages more then ye all 19 Yet had I rather in the Church to speake fiue wordes mine vnderstāding that I might also instruct others then ten thousand wordes in a strange tongue 20 Brethren be not* children in vnderstāding but as concerning maliciousnes be children but in vnderstanding be of a ripe age 21 In the Law it is written * By men of other tongues by other languages wil I speake vnto this people yet so shal they not heare me faith the Lord. 22 Wherefore strange tongues are for a signe not to them that beleue but to them that beleue not but prophecying serueth not for them that beleue not but for them which beleue 23 If therefore when the whole Church is come together in one all speake strange tongues there come in they that are vnlearned or they which beleue not wil they not say that ye are out of your wittes 14 But if all prophecie and there come in one that beleueth not or one vnlearned he is rebuked of all men and is iudged of all 15 And so are the secretes of his heart made manifest so he wil fall downe on his face and worship God and say plainely that God is in you in dede 26 What is to be done then brethren when ye come together according as euerie one of you hathe a psalme or hathe doctrine or hathe a tongue or hathe reuelaciō or hathe interpretacion let all things be done vnto edifying 27 If anie man speake a strange tongue let it be by two or at the most by thre and that by course and let one interpret 28 But if there be no interpreter let him kepe silence in the Church Which speaketh lan guages and let him speake to him self and to God 29 Let the Prophetes speake two or thre and let the other iudge 30 And if anie thing be reueiled to another that sitteth by let the first holde his peace 31 For ye may all prophecie one by one that all may learne and all may haue comfort 32 And the spirits of the Prophetes are subiect to the Prophetes 33 For God is not the autor of confusion but of peace as we se in all the Churches of the Saintes 34 * Let your women kepe silence in the Churche for it is not permitteth vnto them to speake but they ought to be subiect as also * the Law saith 35 And if thei will earne anie thing let them aske their housbands at home for it is a shame for women to speake in the Churche 36 Came the worde of God out from you ether came it vnto you onely 37 If anie mā thinke him self to be a Prophet or spirituall let him acknowledge that the things that I write vnto you are the commandements of the Lord. 38 And if anie man be ignorant let hym be ignorant 39 Wherefore bretherē couet to prophecie and forbid not to speake languages 40 Let all things be done honestly by order CHAP. XV. He proueth the 〈◊〉 surrection of the dead 3 And first that Christe is risen 22 Then that we shall 〈◊〉 52 And the maner how 1 MOreouer bretherē I declare vnto you the Gospel which I preached vnto you whiche ye haue also receiued and wherein ye continue 2 And whereby ye are saued if ye kepe in memorie after what maner I preached it vnto you except ye haue beleued in vaine 3 For first of all I deliuered vnto you that whiche I receiued howe that Christ dyed for our sinnes according to the Scriptures 4 And that he was buryed and that he arose the third day according the Scriptures 5 And that was sene of Cephas then of the twelue 6 After that he was sene of mo then siue hundreth brethren at once whereof many remaine vnto this present and some also are a slepe 7 After that he was sene of Iames then of all the Apostles 8 And
remaineth in him nether can he sinne because he is borne of God 10 In this are the children of God knowen the children of the deuil whosoeuer doeth not righteousnes is not of God nether he that loueth not his brother 11 For this is the message that ye heard from the beginning that * we shulde loue one another 12 Not as * Cain whiche was of the wicked and slewe his brother and wherefore slewe he him because his owne workes were euil and his brothers good 13 Marueile not my brethren thogh the worlde hate you 14 We knowe that we are translated frome death vnto life because we loue the brethren * he that loueth not his brother abideth in death 15 Whosoeuer hateth his brother is a manslayer and yc knowe that no manslayer hathe eternall life abidyng in hym 16 * Hereby haue we perceiued loue that he laid downe his life for vs therfore we ought also to lay downe our liues for the brethrē 17 * And whosoeuer hathe this worldesgood and seeth his brother haue nede shutteth vp his compassion from hym how dwelleth the loue of God in hym 18 My litle children let vs not loue in worde nether in tongue onely but in dede and in trueth 19 For there by we knowe that we are of the trueth and shal before him assure our hearts 20 For if our heart condemne vs GOD is greater then our heart knoweth althings 21 Beloued if our heart condemne vs not thē haue we boldenes towarde God 22 * And whatsoeuer we aske we receiue of him because we kepe his cōmādemēts do those things whiche are pleasing in his sight 23 * This is then his commandement That we beleue in the Name of his Sonne Iesus Christ and loue one another as he gaue cōmandement 24 * For he that kepeth his commandements dwelleth in him and he in him and hereby we knowe that he abydeth in vs euen by the Spirit which he hathe giuen vs. CHAP IIII. 1 Difference of spirits 2 How the Spirit of God may be knowen from the spirit of errour 7 Of the loue of God and of our neighbours 1 DErely beloued beleue not euerie spirit but trye the spirits whether they are of God for many false Prophetes are gone out into the worlde 2 Hereby shall ye knowe the Spirit of God Euerie spirit that cōfesseth that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh is of God 3 And euerie spirit whiche confesseth not that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh is not of God but this is the spirit of Antichrist of whome ye haue heard how that he shulde come and now already he is in the worlde 4 Litle children ye are of God and haue ouercome them for greater is he that is in you then he that is in the worlde 5 They are of the worlde therefore speake they of the worlde and the worlde heareth them 6 We are of God * he that knoweth God heareth vs he that is not of God heareth vs not Here by knowe we the Spirit of trueth and the spirit of errour 7 Beloued let vs loue one another for loue cometh of God and euerie one that loueth is borne of God and knoweth God 8 He that loueth not knoweth not God for God is loue 9 In this appeared the loue of God towarde vs because God sent his onely begotten Sonne into the worlde that we might liue through him 10 Herein is loue not that we loued God but that he loued vs and sent his sonne to be a reconciliation for our sinnes 11 Beloued if God so loued vs we ought also loue one another 12 * No man hathe sene God at any time If we loue one another God dwelleth in vs and his loue is persite in vs. 13 Hereby knowe we that we dwell in hym and he in vs because he hath giuen vs of his Spirit 14 And we haue sene and do testifie that the Father sent the Sonne to be the Sauiour of the worlde 15 Whosoeuer confesseth that Iesus is the Sonne of God in him dwelleth God and he in God 16 And we haue knowen and beleued the loue that God hathe in vs. God is loue and he that dwelleth in loue dwelleth in God God in hym 17 Herein is the loue perfite in vs that we shuld haue boldenes in the day of iudgemēt for as he is euen so are we in this worlde 18 There is no feare in loue but perfect loue casteth out feare for feare hathe painfulnes and he that feareth is not perfect in loue 19 We loue him because he loued vs first 20 If anie man say I loue God and hate his brother he is a lyer for how can he that loueth not his brother whom he hathe sene loue God whome he hathe not sene 21 * And this commandement haue we of him that he whiche loueth God shulde loue hys brother also CHAP. V. 1. 10. 13 Of the frutes of faith 14. 20 The office autoritie and diuinitie of Christ. 21 Against images 1 WHosoeuer beleueth that Iesus is the Christ is borne of God and euerie one that loueth him whiche begate loueth him also whiche is begotten of him 2 In this we knowe that we loue the children of God when we loue God and kepe his commandements 3 For this is the loue of God that we kepe his commandements and his * commandements are not grieuous 4 For all that is borne of God ouercometh the worlde and this is the victorie that ouercometh the worlde euen our faith 5 * Who is it that ouer cometh the worlde but he whiche beleueth that Iesus is the Sonne of God 6 This is that Iesus Christ that came by water and blood not by water onelye but by water and blood and it is the spirit that be a reth witnes for the Spirit is trueth 7 For there are thre whiche beare recorde in heauen the Father the Worde and the holie Gost and these thre are one 8 And there are thre whiche beare recorde in the earth the Spirit and the water and the blood and these thre agre in one 9 If we receiue the witnes of men the witnes of GOD is greater for this is the witnes of God whiche he testified of his Sonne 10 * He that beleueth in the Sonne of GOD hathe the witnes in him self he that belieueth not God hathe made him alyer because he beleued not the recorde that God witnessed of his Sonne 11 And thys is the recorde that GOD hathe giuen vnto vs eternallyfe and this lyfe is in hys Sonne 12 He that hathe the Sonne hathe lyfe and he that hathe not the Sonne of GOD hathe not lyfe 13 These thyngs haue I written vnto you that beleue in the Name of the Sonne of GOD that ye may knowe that ye
glorious maiestie and thy wonderful workes 6 and they shal speake of the power of thy feareful Actes and I wil declare thy greatnes 7 They shal breake out into the mention of thy great goodnes and shal sing aloude of thy righteousnes 8 * The Lord is gratious and merciful slowe to angre and of great mercie 9 The Lord is good to all and his mercies are ouer all his workes 10 All thy workes praise thee ô Lord and thy Saints blesse thee 11 They shewe the glorie of thy kingdome and speake of thy power 12 To cause his power to be knowen to the sonnes of men and the glourious renome of his kingdome 13 Thy * kindome is an euerlasting kingdome and thy dominion endureth throughout all ages 14 The Lord vpholdeth all that fall and lifteth vp all that are readie to fall 15 The eyes of all waite vpon thee and thou giuest them their meat in due season 16 Thou opene st thine hand fillest all things liuing of thy good pleasure 17 The Lord is righteous in all his waies and holie in all his workes 18 The Lord is nere vnto all that call vpon him yea to al that call vpon him in trueth 19 He wil fulfil the desire of them that feare him he also wil heare their crye and wil saue them 20 The Lord preserueth all them that loue him but he wil destroye all the wicked 21 My mouth shal speake the praise of the Lord and all flesh shal blesse his holie Name for euer and euer PSAL. CXLVI 1 Dauid declareth his great zeale that he hathe to praise God 3 And teacheth not to trust in man but onely in God almightie 7 VVhich deliuereth the afflicted 9 Defendeth the strangers comforteth the fatherles and the windowes 10 And reigneth for euer ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise thou the Lord ô my soule 2 I wil praise the Lord during my life as long as I haue anie being I wil sing vnto my God 3 Put not your trust in princes nor in the sonne of mā for there is none helpe in him 4 His breath departeth and he returneth to his earth then his thoghts perish 5 Blessed is he that hathe the God of Iaakób for his helpe whose hope is in the Lord his God 6 Which made heauen and earth the sea and al that therein is which kepeth his fidelitie foreuer 7 Which executeth iustice for the oppressed which giueth bread to the hungrie the Lord looseth the prisoners 8 The Lord giueth sight to the blinde the Lord raise thvp the croked the Lord loueth the righteous 9 The Lord kepeth the strangers he relieueth the fatherles and widowe but he ouer thro weth the way of the wicked 10 The Lord shal reigne for euer ô Zión thy God endureth from generacion to generacion Pray se ye the Lord. PSAL. CXLVII 1 The Prophet praiseth the bountie wisdome power iustice and prouidence of God vpon all his creatures 2 But specially vpon his Church which he gathereth together after their dispersion 19 Declaring his worde and iudgements so vnto them as he hathe done to none other people 1 PRaise ye the Lord for it is good to sing vnto our God for it is a pleasāt thing and praise is comelie 2 The Lord doeth buyld vp Ierusalém gather together the dispersed of Israél 3 He healeth those that are brokē in heart and bindeth vp their sores 4 He counteth the nomber of the starres and calleth them all by their names 5 Great is our Lord great is his power his wisdome is infinite 6 The 〈◊〉 releueth the meke abaseth the wicked to the grounde 7 Sing vnto the Lord with praise sing vpō the harpe vnto our God 8 Which couereth the heauē with cloudes and prepareth raine for the earthe maketh the grasse to growe vpon the mountaines 9 Which giueth to beastes their fode and to the yong rauens that crye 10 He hathe not pleasure in the strēgth of an horse nether deliteth he in the legges of man 11 But the Lord deliteth in them that feare him and attend vpon his mercie 12 〈◊〉 the Lord ô Ierusalém praise thy God ô Zión 13 For he hathe made the barres of thy gates strong hathe blessed thy childrē within thee 14 He setteth peace in thy borders satisfieth thee with the floure of wheat 15 He sendeth forthe his commandement vpon earth and his worde runneth verie swiftly 16 He giueth snow like wool scattereth the hoare frost like ashes 17 He casteth forthe his 〈◊〉 like morsels who can abide the colde thereof 18 He sendeth his worde and melteth them he causeth his 〈◊〉 to blowe and the waters flowe 19 He sheweth his worde vnto Iaakób his statutes and his iudgements vnto Israél 20 He hathe nor dealt so with euerie nacion nether haue they knowen his iudgements Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXLVIII 1 He prouoketh all creatures to praise the Lord in heauen and earth and all places 14 Specially his Church for the power that he hathe giuen to the same after that he had chosen them and ioyned them vnto him ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise ye the Lord from the heauē praise ye him in the high places 2 Praise ye him all ye his Angels praise him all his armie 3 Praise ye him sunne and moone praise ye him all bright starres 4 Praise ye hym heauens of heauens and waters that be aboue the heauens 5 Let them praise the Name of the Lord for he commanded and they were created 6 And he hathe established them for euer euer he hathe made an ordinance whiche shal not passe 7 Praise ye the Lord frō the earth ye dragons and all depths 8 Fyre and haile snowe and vapors stormie winde which execute his worde 9 Mountaines and all hilles frutefull trees and all cedres 10 〈◊〉 and all cattel creaping things feathered foules 11 Kings of the earth and all people princes and all iudges of the worlde 12 Yong men and maidens also olde men 〈◊〉 13 Let them praise the Name of the Lord for his Name onely is to be exalted and hys praise aboue the earth and the heauens 14 For he hathe exalted the horne of hys people which is a praise for al his Saintes euen for the children of Israél a people that is nere vnto him Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXLIX 1 An exhortation to the Church to praise the Lord for his victorie and conquest that he giueth his Saints agaynste all mans 〈◊〉 ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 SIng ye vnto the Lord a new song let his praise be heard in the 〈◊〉 of Saints 2 Let Israél reioyce in him that made him and let the childrē of Zión reioyce in 〈◊〉 King 3 Let them praise his Name with the flute let
Be not thou iuste ouermuche nether make thy self ouer wise wherfore shuld est thou be desolate 19 Be not thou wicked ouermuch nether be thou foolish wherefore shuldest thou perish not in thy time 20 It is good that thou laie holde on thys but yet withdrawe not thine hande frome that for he that feareth God shall come for the of them all 21 Wisdome shall strengthen the wise man more then ten mightie princes that are in the citie 22 * Surely there is no man iustin the earth that doeth good and sinneth not 23 Giue not thine heart also to all the wordes that mē speake lest thou do he are thy seruant cursing thee 24 For oftē times also thine heart knoweth that thou likewise hast cursed others 25 All this haue I proued by wisdome I thoght I will be wise but it wēt farre from me 26 It is farre of what manie it be and it is a profound depenes who can finde it 27 I haue compassed about bothe I and mine hearte to knowe and to enquire and to searche wisdome and reason and to knowe the wickednes of folie and the foolishnes of madnes 28 And I finde more bitter then death the woman whose heart is as nettes and snares and her hands as bands he that is good before God shal be deliuered from her but that sinner shal be taken by her 29 Behold saith the Preacher this haue I foūd seking one by one to finde the counte 30 And yet my soule seketh but I finde it not I haue founde one man of a thousand but a womon amonge them all haue I not founde 31 Onelye lo this haue I founde that GOD hathe made man righteous but they haue soght manie inuentions CHAP. VIII 2 To obey Princes and Magistrates 17 The workes of God passe mans knowledge 1 WHo is as the wise man who knoweth the interpretacion of a thynge the wisdome of a man doeth make his face to shine and the strength of his face shal be changed 2 I aduertise thee to take hede to the mouthe of the King and to the worde of the othe of God 3 Haste not to go for the of his sight stand not in an euil thing for he wil do whatsoeeuer pleaseth him 4 Where the worde of the King is there is power and who shall say vnto hym What doest thou 5 He that kepeth the commandement shal knowe none euill thing and the hearte of the wise shal knowe the time and iudgement 6 For to euerie purpose there is a time and iudgement because the miserie of man is great vpon him 7 For he knoweth not that whiche shal be for who can tel him when it shal be 8 Man is not Lord ouer the Spirit to reteine the Spirit nether hathe he power in the day of death nor deliuerance in the battel nether shall wickednes deliuer the 〈◊〉 thereof 9 All this haue I sene and haue giuen myne heart to euerie worke whiche is wroght vnder the sunne and I sawe a tyme that man ruleth ouer man to his owne hurt 10 And likewise I sawe the wicked buryed and they returned and they that came from the holie place were yet forgotten in the citie where they had done right this also is vanitie 11 Because sentence againste an euil worke is not executed spedely therfore the heart of the children of men is fully set in thē to do euil 12 Thogh a sinner do euil an hūdreth times God prolōgeth his dayes yet I knowe that it shal be wel with them that feare the Lord and do reuerence before him 13 But it shall not be well to the wicked nether shall he prolong his dayes he shal be like a shadowe because he feareth not before God 14 There is a vanitie whiche is done vppon the earth that there be righteous men to whome it cometh according to the worke of the wicked and there be wicked mē to whome it commeth accordynge to the worke of the iuste I thoght also that thys is vanitie 15 And I praise ioye for there is no goodnes to man vnder the sunne saue to eate and to drinke and to reioyce for this is adioyned to his labour the dayes of his life that God hathe giuen him vnder the sunne 16 When I applied mine heart to know wisdome and to beholde the busines that is done on earth that nether daye nor nyght the eyes of man take slepe 17 Then I behelde the whole worke of God that man can not finde out the worke that is wroght vnder the sunne for the whiche man laboreth to seke it and can not finde it yea and thogh the wise man thynke to knowe it he can not finde it CHAP. IX 1 By not outward thing can mā know whome God loueth or hateth 12 No man knoweth his end 16 Wisdome excelleth strength 1 I Haue surely giuen mine heart to all this and to declare all this that the iuste and the wise and their workes are in the hand of God and no man knoweth ether loue or hatred of all that is before them 2 All things come alike to all and the same condition is to the iuste and to the wicked to the good and to the pure to the polluted and to him that sacrificeth and to him that sacrificeth not as is the good so is the sunner he that sweareth as he that feareth an othe 3 This is euill among all that is done vnder the sunne that there is one condition to all and also the hearte of the sonnes of men is full of euill and madnes is in their hearts whiles they liue after that they go to the dead 4 Surelye whosoeuer is ioyned to all the liuing there is hope for it is better to a liuing dog then to a dead lyon 5 For the liuing knowe that they shall dye but the dead knowe nothing at all nether haue thei anie more are warde for their remembrance is forgotten 6 Also their loue and their hatred and their enuie is now perished and they haue no more portion for euer in all that is done vnder the sunne 7 Go eate thy bread with ioye and drynke thy wine with a cherefull heart for GOD now accepteth thy workes 8 At all times let thy garments be white and let not oyle be lacking vppon thyne head 9 * Reioyce wyth the wife whome thou hast loued all the dayes of the life of thy vanitie whiche God hathe giuen thee vnder the sunne all the dayes of thy vanitie for this is thy portion in the life in thy trauail wherein thou laborest vnder the sunne 10 All that thine hand shal finde to do do it with all thy power for there is nether worke nor inuention nor knowledge nor wisdome in the graue whether thou goest 11 I returned and I sawe vnder the sunne that the race is not
be one as thou ô Father art in me I in thee euē that they may be also one in vs that the worlde may beleue that thou hast sent me 22 And the glorie that thou gauest me I haue giuen them that they may be one as we are one 23 I in them and thou in me that they may be made perfect in one ād that the worlde may know that thou hast sent me and hast loued them as thou hast loued me 24 * Father I wil that they which thou hast giuen me be with me euen where I am that they may beholde my glorie which thou hast giuē me for thou louedst me before the fundation of the worlde 25 O righteous Father the worlde also hathe not knowen thee but I haue knowen thee these haue knowē that thou hast sent me 26 And I haue declared vnto them thy Name and wil declare it that the loue where with thou hast loued me may be in them and I in them CHAP. XVIII 3 Christ is betrayed 6 The wordes of his mouth smite the officers to the grounde 10 Peter smiteth of Malchus 〈◊〉 13 Iesus is broght before Annas and Caiaphas 25. where Peter denieth him 36 He telleth Pilate what his kingdome is 1 WHen Iesus had spoken these things he went forthe with his disciples ouer the broke * Cedron where was a garden into the which he entred and his disciples 2 And Iudas which betrayed him knewe also the place for Iesus oft times resorted thither with his disciples 3 * Iudas then after he had receiued a bande of men and officers of the high Priests and of the Pharises came thither with lanternes and torches and weapons 4 Then Iesus knowing all things that shulde come vnto him went forthe and said vnto them Whome seke ye 5 They answered him Iesus of Nazaret Iesus said vnto thē I am he Now Iudas also which betrayed him stode with them 6 Assone then as he had said vnto thē I am he they wēt backewards fel to the grounde 7 Then he asked them againe Whome seke ye And they said Iesus of Nazaret 8 Iesus answered I said vnto you that I am he therefore if ye seke me let these go their way 9 This was that the worde might be fulfilled which he spake * Of them which thou gauest me haue I lost none 10 Then Simon Peter hauing a sworde drewe it and 〈◊〉 the high Priests seruant and out of his right eare Now the seruants name was Malchus 11 Then said Iesus vnto Peter Put vp thy sword into the sheath shal I not drinke of the cup which my Father hathe giuen me 12 Then the bande and the captaine and the officers of the Iewes toke Iesus and bounde him 13 And led him away to * Annas first for he was Father in law to Caiaphas which was the high Priest that same yere 14 * And Caiaphas was he that gaue counsel to the 〈◊〉 that it was expedient that one man 〈◊〉 dye for the people 15 ¶ * Now Simon Peter followed Iesus and another disciple that disciple was knowen of the high Priest therefore he went in with Iesus into the hall of the high Priest 16 But Peter stode at the dore without Then went out the other disciple which was knowen vnto the high Priest and spake to her that kept the dore and broght in Peter 17 Then said the maide that kept the dore vnto Peter Art not thou also one of this mans disciples He said I am not 18 And the seruants and officers stode there which had made a fyre of coles for it was colde and they warmed them selues And Peter also stode among them and warmed him self 19 ¶ The high Priest then asked Iesus of his disciples and of his doctrine 20 Iesus answered him I spake openly to the worlde I euer taught in the Synagogue and in the Temple whither the Iewes resorte continually and in secret haue I said nothing 21 Why askest thou me aske them which heard me what I said vnto them beholde they knowe what I said 22 When he had spoken these things one of the officers which stode by smote Iesus with his rod saying Answerest thou the high Priest so 23 Iesus answered him If I haue euil spoken bearewitnes of the euil but if I haue wel spo ken why smitest thou me 24 ¶ Now Annas 〈◊〉 sent him bounde vnto Caiaphas the high Priest 25 * And Simon Peter stode and warmed him self and they said vnto him Art not thou also of his disciples He denied it and said I am not 26 One of the seruants of the high Priest his cousin whose eare Peter smote of said Did not I se thee in the garden with him 27 Peter then denied againe and immediatly the cocke crewe 28 ¶ * Then led they Iesus from Caiaphas into the commune hall Now it was morning and thei them selues went not into the commune hall lest they shulde be* defiled but that thei might eat the Passeouer 29 Pilate then went out vnto them and said What accusation bring ye against 〈◊〉 man 30 They answered and said vnto him If he were not an euil doer we wolde not haue de liuered him vnto thee 31 Then said Pilate vnto them Take ye him and iuge him 〈◊〉 your 〈◊〉 nelaw Then the Iewes said vnto him It is not lawful 〈◊〉 vs to put anie man to 〈◊〉 32 it was that the worde of Iesus * might be fulfilled which he spake 〈◊〉 what death he 〈◊〉 dye 33 * 〈◊〉 Pilate entred into the commune hall againe 〈◊〉 called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Art 〈◊〉 the King of the Iewes 34 Iesus answered him Saist thou that of thy self or did other tel it thee of me 35 Pilate answered 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 Thine owne nation and the high Priests haue 〈◊〉 thee vnto me What hast thou done 36 Iesus answered My kindome is not of this worlde if my kingdom 〈◊〉 of this world my seruants wolde surely fight that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not be deliuered to the Iewes but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my king 〈◊〉 not from hence 37 Pilate then said vnto him Art 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King then Iesus answered Thou 〈◊〉 that I am 〈◊〉 King for this cause am I borne and for this cause came I into the worlde that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 beare witnesvnto the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is of the trueth hearest my voyce 38 Pilate said vnto him What is trueth And when he had said that he went out 〈◊〉 vnto the Iewes and said vnto them I finde in him no cause at all 39 * But you haue a custome that I shulde de 〈◊〉 you one lose at the Passeouer wil ve then that I lose vnto you the King of the 〈◊〉 40 * Then cryed they all againe saying Not him but 〈◊〉 now this Barabbas was a murtherer
wherein to reioyce but not with God 3 For what saith the Scripture * Abraham beleued God it was counted to him for righteousnes 4 Now to him that worketh the wages is not counted by fauour but by dette 5 But to him that worketh not but beleueth in him that iustifieth the vngodlie his faith is counted for righteousnes 6 Euen as Dauid declareth the blessednes of the 〈◊〉 vnto whome God imputeth righteousnes without workes saying 7 * Blessed are thei whose iniquities are forgiuen and whose sinnes are couered 8 Blessed is the man to whome the Lord imputeth not sinne 9 Came this blessednes then vpon the circumcision onely or vpon the vncircumcision also For we say that faith was imputed vnto Abraham for righteousnes 10 How was it then imputed when he was cir cumcised or vncircumcised not when he was circumcised but when he was vncircum cised 11 * After he receiued the signe of circumcisiō as the seale of the righteousnes of the faith which he had when he was vncircumcised that he shulde be the Father of all them that beleue not being circūcised that righteousnes might be imputed to them also 12 And the Father of circumcision not vnto them onely which are of the circumcision but vnto thē also that walke in the steppes of the faith of our Father Abraham which he had when he was vncircumcised 13 For the promes that he shulde be the heire of the worlde was not giuen to Abraham or to his seed through the law but through the righteousnes of faith 14 For if they which are of the Law be heires faith is made voyde the promes is made of none effect 15 For the Law causeth wrath 〈◊〉 where no Law is there is no transgression 16 Therefore it is by faith that it might come by grace and the promes might be sure to all the sede not to that onely which is of the Law but also to that which is of the faith of Abraham who is the Father of vs all 17 As it is written * I haue made thee a Father of many naciōs euen before God whom he beleued who quickeneth the dead 〈◊〉 calleth those things which be not as thogh they were 18 Which Abraham aboue hope beleued vnder hope that he shulde be the Father of many nacions according to that which was spoken to him * So shal thy sede be 19 And he not weake in the faith considered not his owne bodie which was now dead being almost an hundreth yere olde nether the deadnes of Saras wombe 20 Nether did he doubte of the promes of God through vnbeliefe but was strengthened in the faith and gaue glorie to God 21 Being fully assured that he which had promised was also able to do it 22 And therefore it was imputed to him for righteousnes 23 Now it is not written for him onely that it was imputed to him for righteousnes 24 But also forvs to whome it shal be imputed for righteousnes which beleue in him that raised vp Iesus our Lord from the dead 25 Who was deliuered to death for our sinnes and is risen againe for our iustification CHAP. V. 1 He declareth the frute of faith 7 And by comparison setteth forthe the loue of God and obedience of Christ which is the fundacion and grounde of the same 1 THen being iustified by faith we haue peace towarde God through our Lord Iesus Christ. 2 * By whome also we haue accesse through faith vnto this grace where in we stand and reioyce vnder the hope of the glorie of God 3 Nether do we so onely but also we * reioyce in tribulations knowing that tribulation bringeth forthe patience 4 And patience experience and experience hope 5 And hope maketh not ashamed because the loue of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the holie Gost which is giuen vnto vs. 6 For Christ when we were yet of nostrength at his time dyed for the * vngodlie 7 Douteles one wil scarse dye for a righteous man but yet for a good man it may be that one dare dye 8 But God setteth out his loue towarde vs seing that while we were yet sinners Christ dyed for vs. 9 〈◊〉 more then being now iustified by his blood we shal be saued from wrath through him 10 For if when we were enemies we were reconciled to God by the death of his Sonne muche more being reconciled we shal be saued by his life 11 And not onely so but we also reioyce in God through our Lord Iesus Christ by whome we haue now receiued the atonement 12 Wherefore as by one man sinne entred into the worlde and death by sinne and so death went ouer all men for asmuche as all men haue sinned 13 For vnto the time of the Law was sinne in the worlde but sinne is not imputed whille there is no Law 14 But death reigned from Adam to Moses euen ouer thē also that sinned not after the like maner of the trāsgressiō of Adā which was the figure of him that was to come 15 But yet the gift is not so as is the offence for if through the offence of one many be dead muche more the grace of God and the gift by grace which is by one man Iesus Christ hath abunded vnto many 16 Nether is the gift so as that which entred in by one that sinned for the faute came of one offence vnto condēnacion but the gift is of many offences to iustification 17 For if by the offence of one death reigned through one muche more shal they which receiue the abundance of grace and of the gift of righteousnes reigne in life through one that is Iesus Christ. 18 Likewise thē as by the offence of one the faute came on all men to condemnation so by the iustifying of one the benefit abūded toward all men to the iustification of life 19 For as by one mans disobediēce many were made sinners so by the obediēce of one shal many also be made righteous 20 Moreouer the Law entred thereup on that the offence shuld abūde neuertheles where sinne abunded there grace abunded much more 21 That as sinne had reigned vnto death so might grace also reigne by righteousnes vnto eternallife through Iesus Christ our Lord CHAP. VI. Because no man shulde glorie in the flesh but rather seke to subdue it to the Spirit 3 He sheweth by the vertue end of Baptisme 5 That regeneration is ioyned with iustification and therefore exhorteth to godlie life 21 Setting before mens eyes the 〈◊〉 of sinne aud righteousnes 1 WHat shal we say then Shal we continue stilin sinne that grace may abunde God forbid 2 How shal we that are dead to sinne liue ye therein 3 Knowe ye not that* all we
preaching of God ye receiued it not as the worde of men but as it is in dede the worde of God which also worketh in you that beleue 14 For brethren ye are become followers of the Churches of God which in Iudea are in Christ Iesus because ye haue also suffred the same things of your owne countrey men euen as they haue of the Iewes 15 Who bothe killed the Lord Iesus and their owne Prophetes and haue persecuted vs ād God they please not and are contrarie to all men 16 And forbid vs to preache vnto the Gentiles that they might be saued to fulfil their sinnes alwais for the wrath of God is come on them to the vt moste 17 Forasmuche brethrē as we were kept from you for a season concerning 〈◊〉 but not in the heart we * enforced 〈◊〉 more to se your face with great desire 18 Therefore we wolde haue come vnto you I Paul at least once or twise but Satan hindered vs. 19 For what is our hope or ioye or crowne of reioycing are not euen you it in the presen ce of our Lord Iesus Christ at his comming 20 Yes ye are our glorie and ioye CHAP. III. 2 He sheweth how greatly he was affectioned towarde them bothe in that he sent Timotheus to them 10 And also prayed for them 1 WHerefore since we colde no longer forbeare we thoght it good to remaine at Athens alone 2 * And haue sent Timotheus our brother minister of God and our labour felow in the Gospel of Christ to stablish you and to comfort you touching your faith 3 That no man shulde be moued with these afflictions for ye your selues knowe that we are appointed thereunto 4 For verely whē we were with you we tolde you before that we shulde suffre tribulatiōs euen as it came to passe and ye knowe it 5 Euen for this cause when I colde no longer for beare I sent him that I might know of your faith lest the tempter had tempted you in any sorte and that our labour had bene in vaine 6 But now lately when Timotheus came from you vnto vs broght vs good tidings of your faith and loue and that ye haue good remem brance of vs alwayes desiring to se vs as we also do you 7 Therefore brethren we had consolation in you in all our affliction and necessitie throu ghe your faith 8 For no we are we aliue if ye stand faste in the Lord. 9 For what thankes can we recōpense to God againe for you for al the ioye where with we reioyce for your sakes before our God 10 Night and day * praying excedingly that we might se your face and might accomplishe that which is lacking in your faith 11 Nowe God hym selfe euen our Father and our Lorde Iesus Christ guide our iorney vnto you 12 And the Lorde increase you and make you abunde in loue one towarde another and towarde all men euen as we do toward you 13 * To make your hearts stable and vnblamea ble in holines before God euen our Father at the commyng of our Lorde Iesus Christ with all his Saints CHAP. IIII. 1 He exhorteth them to holines 6 Innocencie 9 Loue. 11 Labour 13 And moderation in lamentyng for the dead 17 Describing the end of the resurrection 1 ANd furthermore we beseche you brethren and exhorte you in the Lord Iesus that ye increase more and more as ye haue receyued of vs how ye ought to walke and to please God 2 For ye knowe what commaundements we gaue you by the Lord Iesus 3 * For this is the wil of God euen your sanctification and that ye shulde absteine frō fornication 4 That euerie one of you shulde know how to possesse his vessel in holines and honour 5 And not in the lust of concupiscence euen as the Gentiles which knowe not God 6 * That no man oppresse or defraude his bro ther in any matter for the Lord is a venger of all suche things as we also haue tolde you before time and testified 7 * For God hathe not called vs vnto vnclennes but vnto holines 8 He therefore that despiseth these things despiseth no man but God who hathe euen giuen * you his holie Spirit 9 But as touching 〈◊〉 loue ye nede not that I write vnto you * for ye are taught of God to loue one another 10 Yea and that thing verely ye do vnto all the brethren which are through out all Macedo nia but we beseche you brethren that ye in crease more and more 11 * And that ye studie to be quiet to medle with your owne busines and to worke with your owne hands as we commanded you 12 That ye may behaue your selues honestly to warde them that are without and that nothing be lacking vnto you 13 ¶ I wolde not brethren haue you ignorant cōcerning thē which are aslepe that ye sorowe not euē as other which haue no hope 14 For if we 〈◊〉 that Iesus is dead is risen euen so them which slepe in Iesus wil God bring with him 15 For this say we vnto you by the worde of the Lord * that we which liue and are remai ning in the comming of the Lord shal not preuent them which slepe 16 For the Lord him self shal descend from heauē with a 〈◊〉 and with the voyce of the Archangel and * with the trūpet of God and the dead in Christ shal rise first 17 Then shal we which liue and remaine be caught vp with them also in the cloudes to mete the Lord in the ayer and so shal we euer be with the Lord. 18 Wherefore 〈◊〉 yourselues one another with these wordes CHAP. V. 1 He enformeth them of the day of iudgement and comming of the Lord 6 Exhorting them to watch 12 And to regard suche as preache Gods worde among them 1 BVt of the times and seasons brethren ye 〈◊〉 no nede that I write vnto you 2 For ye your selues knowe perfitely that the * day of the Lord shal come euen as a thefe in the night 3 For when they shal say Peace and safetie then shal come vpon thē sudden destruction as the trauail vpon a woman with childe they shal not escape 4 But ye brethrē are not in darkenes that that day shulde come on you as it were a thefe 5 Ye are all the children of light and the children of the day we are not of the night nether of darkenes 6 Therefore let vs not slepe as do other but let vs watch and be sober 7 For they that slepe slepe in the night they that be dronken are dronken in the night 8 But let vs which are of the day be sober * putting on the brest plate of faith
haue handled of the Worde of life 2 For the life appeared and we haue sene it and beare witnes ād she we vnto you the eternal life which was with the Father and appeared vnto vs 3 That I say which we haue sene and heard declare we vnto you that ye may also haue felowship with vs and that our felowship also may be with the Father and with his Sonne Iesus Christ. 4 And these things write we vnto you that your ioye may be ful 5 This then is the message which we haue heard of him and declare vnto you that God * is light in him is no darkenes 6 If we say that we haue felowship with him and walke in darkenes we lye and do not truely 7 But if we walke in the light as he is in the light we haue felowship one with another and the * blood of Iesus Christ his Sonne clenseth vs from al sinne 8 * If we say that we haue no sinne we deceiue our selues and trueth is not in vs. 9 If we acknowledge our sinnes he is faithful and iust to forgiue vs our sinnes and to clense vs from all vnrighteousnes 10 If we say we haue not sinned we make him a lier and his worde is not in vs. CHAP. II. 1 Christ is our Aduocate 19 Of true loue and how it is tried 18 To beware of Antichrist 1 MY babes these things write I vnto you that ye sinne not and if any man sinne we haue an Aduo cat with the Father Iesus Christ the Iust. 2 And he is the reconciliation for our sinnes and not for ours onely but also for the sinnes of the whole worlde 3 And hereby we are sure that we know him if we kepe his commandements 4 He that saith I knowe hym and kepeth not his commandements is a lier and the trueth is not in him 5 But he that kepeth his worde in hym is the loue of God perfite indede hereby we know that we are in him 6 He that saith he remaineth in hym ought euen so to walke as he hathe walked 7 Brethren I write no newe commandement vnto you but an olde commandement whiche ye haue had from the beginning the olde commandement is the worde whiche ye haue heard from the beginning 8 Againe a newe commandement I write vnto you that whiche is true in him and 〈◊〉 in you for the darkenes is past the true light now shineth 9 He that saith that he is in the light and hateth his brother is in darkenes vntill this time 10 * He that loueth his brother abideth in the light and there is none occasion of euil in hym 11 But he that hateth his brother is in darkenes and walketh in darkenes knoweth not whither he goeth because that darkenes hathe blinded his eyes 12 Litle children I write vnto you because your sinnes are forgiuen you for his Names sake 13 I write vnto you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is from the beginnyng I write vnto you yong men because ye haue ouercome the wicked 14 I write vnto you babes because ye haue knowen the Father I haue written vnto you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is frō the beginning I haue writen vnto you yong men because ye are strong the word of God abideth in you and ye haue ouercome the 〈◊〉 15 Loue not the worlde nether the things that are in the worlde If any man loue the*world the loue of the Father is not in hym 16 For all that is in the worlde as the luste of the flesh the luste of the eyes and the pride of life is not of the Father but is of the worlde 17 And the worlde passeth awaye and the luste thereof but he that fulfilleth the will of God abideth euer 18 Babes it is the last time and ye haue heard that Antichrist shall come euen now are there many Antichrists whereby we know that it is the last time 19 They went out from vs but thei were not of vs for if they had bene of vs they wolde haue continued with vs. But this commeth to passe that it might appeare that they are not all of vs. 20 But ye haue an ointement from hym that is Holie and ye haue knowen all things 21 I haue not written vnto you because ye knowe not the trueth but because ye know it and that no lye is of the trueth 22 Who is a lyer but he that denyeth that Iesus is Christ the same is the Antichrist that denyeth the Father and the Sonne 23 Whosoeuer denyeth the Sonne the same hathe not the Father 24 Let therefore abide in you that same which ye haue heard from the beginnyng If that whiche ye haue heard from the beginnyng shall remaine in you ye also shall contine we in the Sonne and in the Father 25 And this is the promes that he hathe promised vs euen eternall life 26 These things haue I writen vnto you concernyng them that deceiue you 27 But the anointyng whiche ye receyued of hym dwelleth in you and ye nede not that any man teache you but as the same Anointing teacheth you of al things and it is true and is notlying and as it taught you ye shall abide in him 28 And now litle children abyde in hym that when he shal appeare we may be bolde and not be ashamed before hym at his comming 29 If ye knowe that he is righteous knowe ye that he whiche doeth righteously is borne of him CHAP. III. 1 The singular loue of God towarde vs. 7 And how we againe ought to loue one another 1 BEholde what loue the Father hathe shewed on vs that we shulde be called the sonnes of God for this cause the worlde knoweth you not because it knoweth not hym 2 Dearly beloued now are we the sonnes of God but yet it doeth not appeare what we shal be and we knowe that when he shall appeare we shal be like him for we shall se him as he is 3 And euerie man that hathe this hope in him purgeth him self euen as he is pure 4 Whosoeuer committeth sinne transgresseth also the Law for sinne is the transgression of the Law 5 And ye knowe that he appeared that he might * take away our sinnes and in hym is no sinne 6 Whosoeuer abideth in hym sinneth not whosoeuer sinneth hathe not sene him nether hathe knowen hym 7 Litle children let no man deceiue you he that doeth righteousnes is righteous as he is righteous 8 He that * committeth sinne is of the deuill for the deuill sinneth from the beginnyng for this purpose appeared the Sonne of God that he might lose the workes of the deuill 9 Whosoeuer is borne of God sinneth not for his sede
re honorable then they 16 Who came to Balaám and said to him Thus saieth Balák the sonne of Zippôr Be not thou stayed I pray thee from comming vnto me 17 For I wil promote thee vnto great honour and wil do whatsoeuer thou sayest vnto me come therefore I pray thee curse me this people 18 And Balaám answered and sayd vnto the seruantes of Balák * If Balák wolde giue me his house ful of siluer and golde I can not go beyonde the worde of the Lord my God to do lesse or more 19 But nowe I pray you tary here this night that I may wit what the Lord wil say vnto me more 20 And God came vnto Balaám by night and said vnto him If the men come to call thee rise vp and go with them but onely what thing I say vnto thee that shalt thou do 21 So Balaám rose vp early and sadled his asse and went with the princes of Moáb 22 And the wrath of God was kindled because he went and the Angel of the Lord stode in the way to be against him as he rode vpon his asse and his two seruantes were with him 23 And* when the asse sawe the Angel of the Lord stād in the way and his sworde drawen in his hand the asse turned out of the waie went into the field but Balaám smote the asse to turne her into the way 24 Againe the Angel of the Lord stode in a path of the vineyardes hauing a wall on the one side and a wall on the other 25 And when the asse sawe the Angel of the Lord she thrust her selfe vnto the wall and dasht Balaams fote against the wall wherefo re he smote her againe 26 Then the 〈◊〉 of the Lord went further and stode in a narowe place where was no way to turne ether to the right hand or to the left 27 And when the asse sawe the Angel of the Lord she lay downe vnder Balaám therefore Balaám was very wrath and smote the asse with a staffe 28 Then the Lord opened the mouth of the asse and she said vnto Balaám What haue I done vnto thee that thou hast smitten me nowe thre times 29 And Balaám said vnto the asse Because thou hast mocked me I wolde there were a sword in mine hand for now wolde I kil thee 30 And the asse said vnto Balaám Am not I thine asse which thou hast ridden vpon sin ce thy first time vnto this day haue I vsed at anie time to do thus vnto thee Who said Nay 31 And the Lord opened the eies of Balaám and he sawe the Angel of the Lord standing in the way with his sworde drawen in his hand then he bowed him selfe and fel flat on his face 32 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto him Wherefore hast thou now smitten thine asse thre times beholde I came out to withstand thee because thy way is not straight before me 33 But the asse sawe me and turned fro me now thre times for els if she had not turned fro me surely I had euen now slaine thee and sa ued her aliue 34 Then Balaám said vnto the Angel of the Lord I haue sinned for I wist not that thou stodest in the way against me now therefore if it displease thee I wil turne home againe 35 But the Angel said vnto Balaám Go with the men but what I say vnto thee that shalt thou speake So Balaam went with the princes of 〈◊〉 36 And when Balák heard that Balaám came he wēt out to mete him vnto a citie of Moáb which is in the border of Arnôn euen in the vtmost coste 37 Then Balák said vnto Balaà m Did I not send for thee to call thee wherefore camest thou not vnto me am I not able in dede to promo te thee vnto honour 38 And Balaám made answer vnto Balák Lo I am come vnto thee and can I now say anie thing at all the worde that God putteth in my mouth that shal I speake 39 So Balaà m went with Balák and thei came vnto the citie of Huzôth 40 Then Balák offred bullockes and shepe sent thereof to Balaám and to the princes that were with him 41 And on the morow Balák toke Balaám and broght him vp into the hie places of Baál that thence he might se the vtmost parte of the people CHAP. XXIII 1 Balaám causeth seuen Altars to be buyle 5 God teacheth him what to answer 8 In stede of cursing he blesseth Israél 19 God is not like man 1 ANd Balaám said vnto Balák Buylde me here seuen altars and prepare me here seuen bullockes and seuen rams 2 And Balák did as Balaám said and Balák ād Balaám offred on euerie altar a bullocke and a ram 3 Then Balaám said vnto Balák Stand by the burnt offring and I wil go if so be that the Lord wil come and mete me and whatsoeuer he sheweth me I 〈◊〉 thee so he wēt forthe alone 4 And God met Balaám and Balaám said vnto him I haue prepared seuen altars and haue offred vpon euerie altar a bullocke and a ram 5 And the Lord put an answer in Balaams mouth and said Go againe to Balák and say on this wise 6 So when he returned vnto him lo he stode by his burnt offring he and all the princes of Moáb 7 Then he vttered his parable and said Balák the King of Moáb hath broght me from Arám out of the mountaines of the East saying come curse Iaakób for my sak come and detest Israél 8 How shall I curse where God hathe not cur sed or how shall I detest where the Lorde hathe not detested 9 For from the top of the rocks I did se hym and frome the hils I did be holde him lothe people shald wel by thē selues and shall not be rekened among the nacions 10 Who can tell the dust of Iaakôb and the nomber of the fourth part of Israél Let me dye the death of the righteous and let my last end be like his 11 Then Balák said vnto Balaám What hast thou done vnto me I tok thee to curse mine enemies and beholde thou hast blessed thē altogether 12 And he answered and said Must I not take hede to speake that whiche the Lord hathe put in my mouth 13 And Balák said vnto him Come I pray thee with me vnto another place whence thou maiestse thē and thou shalt se but the vt most parte of them and shalt not sethem all therefore curse thē out of that place for my sake 14 ¶ And he broght him into Sede-sop him to the top of Pisgáh and built seuen altars and offred a bullocke a ram on euerie altar 15 After he said vnto Balák Stand here by thy burnt offryng and I will 〈◊〉 the Lorde yonder 16 And the Lord met Balaám and* put an answer in his mouth and
the gods whiche your fathers serued beyonde the flood and in Egypt and ser ue ye the Lord. 15 And if it seme euyll vnto you to serue the Lord chuse you this day whom ye wil serue whether the gods whiche your fathers serued that were beyonde the floode or the gods of the Amorites in whose land ye dwel but I and mine house wil serue the Lord. 16 Then the people answered and sayd God forbid that we shulde forsake the Lorde to serue other gods 17 For the Lord our GOD he broght vs and our fathers out of the land of Egypt frome the house of bondage and he dyd those great miracles in our sight and preserued vs in all the waye that we went and among all the people through whome we came 18 And the Lorde did cast out before vs all the people euen the Amorites whiche dwelt in the lande therefore will we also serue the Lord for he is our God 19 And Ioshua sayd vnto the people Ye can not serue the Lord for he is an holy God he is a ielous God he will not pardon your iniquitie nor your sinnes 20 If ye forsake the Lorde and serue straunge gods * then he will returne and bring euill vpon you and consume you after that he hathe done you good 21 And the people said vnto Ioshua Nay but we will serue the Lord. 22 And Ioshua sayd vnto the people Ye are witnesses agaynste your selues that ye haue chosen you the Lord to serue him and they said We are witnesses 23 Then put away now sayd he the strange gods which are among you and bow your hearts vnto the Lord God of Israél 24 And the people said vnto Ioshua The Lord our God will we serue and his voyce wil we obey 25 So Ioshua made a couenant with the people the same day and gaue them an ordinan ce and lawe in Shechém 26 And Ioshua wrote these wordes in the boke of the Lawe of God and toke a great stone and pitched it there vnder an oke that was in the Sanctuarie of the Lord. 27 And Ioshua sayd vnto all the people Beholde this stone shal be a witnes vnto vs for it hathe heard all the wordes of the Lorde which he spake with vs it shal be therefore a witnes against you lest ye deny your God 28 Then Ioshúa let the people departe euerie man vnto his inheritance 29 And after these things Ioshua the sonne of Nun the seruant of the Lord dyed beyng an hundreth and ten yeres olde 30 And they buryed him in the border of hys inheritance in * Timnath-seráh whiche is in mount Ephráim on the Northside of mount Gáash 31 And Israél serued the Lorde all the dayes of Ioshua and all the dayes of the Elders that ouer lyued Ioshua and whiche had knowen all the 〈◊〉 of the Lorde that he had done for Israél 32 And the * bones of Ioséph which the chil dren of Israél broght out of Egypt buryed they in Shechém in a parcell of grounde which laak ob boght of the * sonnes of Hamór the father of Shechém for an hūdreth pieces of siluer and the children of Ioséph had them in their inheritance 33 Also Eleazár the sonne of Aarón dyed whō they buried in the hill of Phinehás his sonne which was giuē him in mount Ephraim THE BOKE OF IVDGES THE ARGVMENT ALbeit there is nothing that more prouoketh Gods wrath then mās ingratitude yet 〈◊〉 there nothing so displeasant and heinous that can turne backe Gods loue from his Churche for now when the Israelites were entred into the land of Canáan sawe the trueth of Gods promes performed in stead of acknowledging his greate benefites giuyng thankes for the same they fel to moste horrible obliuion of Gods graces contrarie to their solemne promes made vnto Ioshúa so prouoked his vengeance as muche as in thē stode to their vtter destruction Whereof as they had moste euident signes by the mutabilitie of their state for he suffered thē to be moste cruelly vexed tormented by tyrants he pulled thē from libertie cast them into 〈◊〉 to the intent they might fele their owne miseries so cal vnto him be deliuered Yet to shewe that his mercies indure for euer he raised vp from time to time suche as shulde deliuer thē and assure thē of his fauour grace if they wolde turne to him by true repentāce And these deliuerers the Scriptures calleth Iudges because they were executers of Gods iudgements not chosen of the people nor by succession but raised vp as it se med best to God for the gouernance of his people They were twelue in nōber besides Ioshúa and gouerned frō Ioshúa vnto Saúl the first King of Israél Ioshúa these vnto the tyme of Saúl ruled 336 yeres In this boke are manie notable points declared but two especially first the battel that the Churche of God hathe for the maintenance of true religion against idolatrie and superstition next what great danger that commune wealth is in when as God giueth not a magistrate to reteine his people in the purenes of religion and his true seruice CHAP. I. 1 After Ioshúa was dead Iudáh was constitute captaine 6 Adoni-bézek is taken 14 The request of Achsah 16 The children of Keni 19 The Canaanites are made tributaries but not destroyed 1 AFter that Ioshúa was dead the children of Israél asked the Lord saying Who shal go vp for vs against the Canaanites to fight first against them 2 And the Lorde said Iudáh shall go vp beholde I haue giuen the land into his hand 3 And Iudáh said vnto Simeón his brother Come vp with me into my lot that we may fight against the Canaanites and I like wise wil go with thee into thy lot so Simeon went with him 4 Then Iudáh went vp and the Lord deliuered the Canaanites and the Perizzites into their hands and they slew of them in Bézek ten thousand men 5 And they founde Adoni-bézek in Bézek and they fought against him and slewe the Canaanites and the Perizzites 6 But Adoni-bézek fled they pursued after him and caught him cut of the thumbes of his hands and of his fete 7 And Adoni-bézek said Seuētie Kings hauing the thūbes of their hands of their fete cut of gathered bread vnder mytable as I haue done so God hathe rewarded me so they broght him to Ierusalém and there he dyed 8 Now the children of Iudáh had fought against Ierusalém and had taken it and smitten it with the edge of the sworde and had set the citie on fire 9 ¶ Afterwarde also the childrē of Iudáh went downe to fight against the Canaanites that dwelt in the mountaine and towarde the South and in the lowe countrey 10 And Iudáh wēt against the Canaanites that dwelt in Hebrón which Hebrón before time was called * Kiriath-arbá and they
wisdome she saith also 17 Stollen waters are swete and hid bread is pleasant 18 But he knoweth not that the dead are there that her ghestes are in the depth of hel CHAP. X. In this chapter and all that followe vnto the thirtieth the wise man 〈◊〉 by diuers sentences which he calleth parables to followe vertue and 〈◊〉 vice and sheweth also what profite commeth of wisdome and what 〈◊〉 ce proceadeth of foolishnes THE PARABLES OF SALOMON 1 AWise * sōne maketh a glad father but a foolish sōne is an heauines to his mother 2 The treasures of wickednes profite nothīg but righteousnes deliuereth frō death 3 The Lord wil not famish the soule of the the righteous but he casteth away the sub stance of the wicked 4 A slouthful hand maketh poore but the hand of the diligent maketh riche 5 He that gathereth in sommer is the sonne of wisdome but he that slepeth in haruest is the sonne of confusion 6 Blessings are vpon the head of the righteous but iniquitie shal couer the mouth of the wicked 7 The memorial of the iuste shal be blessed but the name of the wicked shal 〈◊〉 8 The wise in heart wil receiue comman demēts but the foolish in talke shal be beatē 9 He that walketh vprightly walketh bol dely but he that peruerteth his waies shal be knowen 10 He that winketh with the eye worketh sorowe and he that is foolishin talke shal be beaten 11 The mouth of a righteous māis a well sprīg of life but iniquitie couereth the mouth of the wicked 12 Hatred stirreth vp contentions * but loue couereth all trespasses 13 In the lippes of him that hathe vnderstanding wisdome is founde a rod shal be for the backe of hī that is destitute of wisdome 14 Wise mē laye vp knowlesge but the mouth of the foole is a present destruction 15 The riche mās goods are his strong citie but the feare of then edie is their pouertie 16 The labour of the righteous tēdeth to life but the reuenues of the wicked to sinne 17 He that regardeth instruction is in the way of life but he that refuseth correction goeth out of the way 18 He that dissembleth hatred with lying lippes he that inuenteth sclādre is a foole 19 In manie wordes there can not wāt iniqui tie but he that refraineth his lippes is wise 20 The tongue of the iuste man is as fined siluer but the heart of the wicked is litle worthe 21 The lippes of the righteous do fede manie but fooles shal dye for want of wisdome 22 The blessings of the Lord it maketh riche and he doeth adde no sorowes with it 23 It is as a passe time to a foole to do wickedly but wisdome is vnderstādingto a mā 24 That which the wicked feareth shal come vpon him but God wil grante the desire of the righteous 25 As the whirle winde passeth so is thē wic ked no more but the righteous is as an euerlasting fundacion 26 As 〈◊〉 is to the teeth and as smoke to the eyes so is the slouthful to thē that send him 27 The feare of the lord increaseth the dayes but the yeres of the wicked shal be diminished 28 The pacient abiding of the righteous shal be gladnes but the hope of the wicked shal perish 29 The way of the Lord is strength to the vpright man but feare shal be for the wor kers of iniquitie 30 The righteous shal neuer be remoued but the wicked shal not dwell in the land 31 The mouth of the iuste shal be fruteful in wisdome but the tongue of the frowarde shal be cut out 32 The lippes of the righteous knowe what is acceptable but the mouth of the wicked speaketh frowarde things CHAP. XI 1 FAlse balances are an abominacion vnto the Lord but a perfite weight plea seth him 2 〈◊〉 pride cometh then cometh shame but with the lowlie is wisdome 3 The vprightnes of the iuste shal guide thē but the frowardnes of the transgressers shal destroye them 4 * Riches 〈◊〉 not in the day of wrath but righteousnes deliuereth from death 5 The righteousnes of the vpright shal directe his waye but the wicked shal fall in his owne 〈◊〉 6 The righteonsnes of the iuste shal deliuer them but the transgressers shal be taken in their owne wickednes 7 * When a wicked man dyeth his hope pe risheth the hope of the vniust shal perish 8 The righteous escapeth out of trouble the wicked shal come in his stead 9 An hypocrite with his mouth hurteth his neighbour but the righteous shal be de liuered by knowledge 10 In the prosperitie of the righteous the ci tie reioyceth and when the wicked perish there is ioye 11 By the blessing of the righteous the citie is 〈◊〉 but it is subuerted by the mouth of the wicked 12 He that despiseth his neighbour is destitu te of wisdome but a man of vnderstanding wil kepe silence 13 He that goeth about as a sclander discoue reth a secret but he that is of a faithful heart conceileth a matter 14 Where no coūsel is the people fall butwhe re manie counselers are there is health 15 He shal be sore vexed that is suretie for a stranger and he that hateth suretieship is sure 16 A gracious woman atteineth honour the strong men atteine riches 17 He that is merciful rewardeth his owne soule but he that troubleth his owne flesh is cruel 18 The wicked worketh a disceitful worke but he that soweth righteousnes shal receiue a sure rewarde 19 As righteousnes leadeth to life so he that followeth euil seketh his owne death 20 They that are of a froward heart are abo mination to the Lord but they that are vpright in their way are his delite 21 Thogh hand ioyne in hand the wicked shal not be vnpunished but the sede of the righteous shal escape 22 As a iewel of golde in a swines snoute so is a faire womā which lacketh discretiō 23 The desire of the righteous is onely good but the hope of the wicked is indig nacion 24 There is that scatereth and is more increased but he that spareth more then is right surely cometh to pouertie 25 The liberal persone shal haue plentie he that waterenh shal also haue raine 26 He that with draweth the corne the people wil curse him but blessing shal be vpō the head of him that selleth corne 27 He that seketh good things getteth fauour but he that seketh euil it shal come to him 28 He that trusteth in his riches shal fall but the righteous shal florish as a leafe 29 He that troubleth his owne house shal inherite the winde and the foole shal be seruant to the wife in heart 30 The frute of the
this also is vanitie and a great grief 22 For what hathe man of all his trauail and grief of his heart wherein he hathe trauailed vnder the sunne 23 For all his dayes are sorowes and his trauail grief his heart also taketh not rest in the night which also is vanitie 24 There is no profite to man but that he eat and 〈◊〉 and delite his soule with the profite of his labour I sawe also this that it was of the hand of God 25 For who colde eat and who colde haste to outward things more then I 26 Surely to a man that is good in his sight God giueth wisdome and knowledge and ioye but to the sinner he giueth peine to gather and to heape to giue to him that is good before God this is also vanitie and vexacion of the spirit CHAP. III. 1 All things haue their time 14 The workes of God are perfite and cause vs to feare him 17 God shal iudge both the iuste and iniuste 1 TO all things there is an appointedtime and a time to euerie purpose vnder the heauen 2 A time to be borne and a time to dye a time to plant and a time to 〈◊〉 vp that which is planted 3 A time to 〈◊〉 and a time to heale a time to breake downe and a time to buylde 4 A time to wepe and a time to laugh a time to mourne and a time to dance 5 A time to cast a way stones and a time to gather stones a time to embrace and a time to be farre from embracing 6 A time to seke and a time to lose a time to kepe and a time to cast away 7 A time to rent and a time to sowe a time to kepe silence and a time to speake 8 A time to loue and a time to hate a time of warre and a time of peace 9 What profite hathe he that worketh of the thin̄g wherein he trauaileth 10 I haue sene the trauail that God hathe giuen to the sonnes of men to humble them thereby 11 He hathe made euerie thing beautiful in his time also he hathe set the worlde in their heart yet can not man finde out the worke that God hathe wroght from the beginning euen to the end 12 I knowe that there is nothing good in thē but to reioyce and to do good in his life 13 And also that euerie mā eateth and drinketh and seeth the commoditie of all his labour this is the gift of God 14 I knowe that whatsoeuer God shal do it shal be for euer to it can no man adde and frō it can none diminish for God hath done it that they shulde feare before him 15 What is that that hathe bene that is now that that shal be hathe now bene for God requireth that which is past 16 And moreouer I haue sene vnder the sunne the place of iudgement where was wicked nes and the place of iustice where was iniquitie 17 I thoght in mine heart God wil iudge the iu ste and the wicked for time is there for eue rie purpose and for euerie worke 18 I considered in mine heart the state of the children of men that God had purged them yet to se to they are in thē selues as beasts 19 For the condition of the children of men and the condition of beastes are euen as one condition vnto them As the one dyeth so dyeth the other for they haue all one bre at h and there is no excellencie of man aboue the beast for all is vanitie 20 All go to one place and all was of the dust and all shal returne to the dust 21 Who knoweth whether the spirit of man ascende vpward and the spirit of the beast descend downe ward to the earth 22 Therefore I se that there is nothing better then that a man shulde reioyce in his affaires because that is his portion For who shal bring him to se what shal be after him CHAP. IIII. 1 The innocents are oppressed 4 Mens labours are ful of abuse and vanitie 9 Mans societie is necessarie 13 A yōg man pore and wise is to be preferred to an olde King that is a foole 1 SO I turned and considered all the oppres sions that are wroght vnder the sunne beholde the teares of the oppressed none comforteth them and lo the strength is of the hand of them that oppresse them and none comforteth them 2 Wherefore I praised the dead which now are dead aboue the liuing whiche are yet aliue 3 And I counte him betterthen them bothe which hathe not yet bene for he hathe not sene the euil workes which are wroght vnder the sunne 4 Also I behelde all trauail and all perfection of workes that this is the en 〈◊〉 of a man against his neighbour this also is vanitie and vexacion of spirit 5 The foole foldeth his hands and eateth vp his owne flesh 6 Better is an handful with quietnes then two handfuls with labour and vexacion of spirit 7 Againe I returned and sawe vanitie vnder the sunne 8 There is one alone and there is not a secōde which hathe nether sonne nor brother yet is there none end of all his trauail nether can his eye be satisfied with riches nether doeth he thinke For whome do I trauail defraude my soule of pleasure this also is vanitie this is an euil trauail 9 Two are better then one for they haue better wages for their labour 10 For if they fall the one wil lift vp his fellowe but wo vnto him that it alone for he falleth and there is not a seconde to lift him vp 11 Also if two slepe together then shal they haue heat but to one how shulde there be heat 12 And if one ouercome him two 〈◊〉 stande against him and a threfolde coard is not easely broken 13 Better is a poore wise childe then an olde and foolish King which wil no more be admonished 14 For out of the prison he cometh forthe to reigne when as he that is borne in his king dome is made poore 15 I behelde all the liuing which walke vnder the sunne with the seconde childe which shal stande vp in his place 16 There is none end of all the people nor of all that were before them and they that come after shal not reioyce in him surely this is also vanitie and vexation of spirit 17 Take hede to thy foote when thou entrest into he House of God and bemore nere to heare then to giue the sacrifice of fooles for they knowe not that they do euil CHAP. V. 1 Not to speake lightely chiefely in Gods matters 9 The couetous can neuer haue ynough 11 The laborers slepe is 〈◊〉 14 Man when he dveth taketh nothing with him 18 To liue ioyfully and with a contented minde is the gift of God 1 BE not rash with thy mouth nor
the cisterne 7 And dust returne to the earth as it was and the spirit returne to GOD that gaue it 8 Vanitie of vanities saith the Preacher all is vanitie 9 And the more wise the Preacher was the more he taught the people knowledge caused them to heare and searched forthe and prepared manie parables 10 The Preacher soght to finde out pleasant wordes and an vpright writing euen the wordes of trueth 11 The wordes of the wise are like goades and like nailes fastened by the masters of the assemblies whiche are gyuen by one pastour 12 And of other things besides these my sonne take thou hede for there is none ende in making manie bokes and muche reading is a wearines of the flesh 13 Let vs heare the end of all feare God and kepe his commandements for this is the whole duetie of man 14 For God wil bring euerie worke vnto iudgement with euerie secret thing whether it be good or euil AN EXCELLENT SONG vvhich vvas Salomons THE ARGVMENT IN this Song Salomón by moste swete and cōfortable allego ries and parables describeth the perfite loue of Iesus Christ the true Salomón and King of peace and the faithful soule or his Church which he hathe sanctified and appointed to be his spouse holy chast and without reprehension So that here is declared the singular loue of the bridegrome towarde the bride and his great and excellent benefites wherewith he doeth enriche her of his pure bountie and grace without anie of her deseruings Also the earnest affection of the Church which is in flamed with the loue of Christ desiring to be more and more ioyned to him in 〈◊〉 and not to be forsaken for anie spot or blemish that is in her CHAP. I. 1 The familiar talke and mystical communication of the 〈◊〉 loue betwene Iesus Christ his Church 6 The domestical enemies that persecute the Church 1 LEt hī kisse me with the kisses of his mouthe for thy loue is better then wine 2 Because of the sauour of thy good ointments thy name is as an oyntment powred out therfore the virgines loue thee 3 Drawe me we will runne after thee the King hath broght me into his chambers we wil reioyce and be glad in thee we will remember thy loue more then wyne the righteous do loue thee 4 I am blacke ô daughters of Ierusalē but comelie as the frutes of Kedár as the curtines of Salomón 5 Regarde ye me not because I am blacke for the sunne hathe loked vpon me The sonnes of my mother were angrie against me they made me the keper of the vines but I kept not mine owne wine 6 Shewe me ô thou whome my soule loueth where thou fedest where thou liest at noone for why shuld I be as she that turneth aside to the flockes of thy cōpaniōs 7 If thou knowe not ô thou the falrest among women get thee forthe by the steppes of the flocke and fede thy kiddes by the tents of the shepherdes 8 I haue cōpared thee ô my loue to the trou pe of horses in the charets of Pharaóh 9 Thy chekes are comelie with rowes of stones and thy necke with chaines 10 We wil make thee borders of golde with studdes of siluer 11 Whiles the King was at his repast my spikenarde gaue the smel thereof 12 My welbeloued is as a bundle of myrrhe vnto me he shal lye betwene my breastes 13 My welbeloued is as a clustre of camphire vnto me in the vines of Engédi 14 My loue behold thou art faire behold thou art faire thine eyes are like dooues 15 My welbeloued beholde thou art faire and pleasant also our bed is grene the beames of our house are cedres CHAP. II. 3 The Church desireth to rest vnder the shadow of Christ 8 She heareth his voice 14 She is compared to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And the enemies to the foxes 1 I Am the rose of the field and the lilie of the valleis 2 Like a lilie among the thornes so is my loue among the daughters 3 Like the apple tre amōg the trees of the forest so is my welbeloued amōg the sonnes of mē vnder his shado we had I delite and sate downe and hys frute was swete vnto my mouth 4 He broght me into the wine celler loue was his ban ner ouer me 5 Stay me with flagons and cōfort me with apples for I am sicke of loue 6 His left hand is vnder mine head hys right hand doeth imbrace me 7 I charge you ô daughters of Ierusalēm by the roes and by the hindes of the field that ye stirre not vp nor waken my loue vntil she please 8 It is the voice of my welbeloued behold he cometh leaping by the mountaines skipping by the hilles 9 My welbeloued is like a roe or a yong heart lo he standeth behinde our wall loking forthe of the windowes shewing him selfe through the grates 10 My welbeloued spake said vnto me Arise my loue my faire one come thy way 11 For beholde winteris past the rayne is changed and is gone away 12 The flowers appeare in the earth the time of the singing of birdes is come the voice of the turtleis heard in our land 13 The figtre hathe broght forthe her yong figges and the vines with their smal grapeshaue cast a sauour arise my loue my faire one and come away 14 My dooue that art in the holes of the rocke in the secret places of the staires shewe me thy sight let me heare thy voice for thy voyce is swete and thy sight comelie 15 Take vs the foxes the litle foxes whiche destroy the vines for our vines haue smale grapes 16 My welbeloued is mine and I am his he fedeth among the lilies 17 Vntil the daye breake and the shadowes flee away returne my welbeloued and be like a roe or a yong hart vpon the mountaines of Béther CHAP. III. 1 The Church desireth to be ioyned in separably to Christ her housband 6 Her deliuerance out of the wildernes 1 IN my bed by night I soght him that my soule loued I soght hī but I foūd him not 2 I wil rise therefore now and go aboute in the citie by the stretes and by the opē places wil seke him that my soule loueth I soght him but I founde him not 3 The watchemen that went about the citie found me to whome I said Haue you sene him whome my soule loueth 4 When I had past a litle from them then I founde him whome my soule loued I toke holde on him and left him not till I had broght him vnto my mothers house into the chamber of her that conceiued me 5 I charge you ô daughters of Ierusalém by the roes and by the hindes of the field that ye stirre not vp nor
thee shal mocke thee which art vile in name and sore in affliction 6 Beholde the princes of Israél euerye one in thee was ready to his power to shed blood 7 In thee haue thei de spised father and mother in the middes of thee haue they oppressed the strāger in thee haue thei vexed the fatherles and the widowe 8 Thou hast despised mine holy things and hast polluted my Sabbaths 9 In thee are men that carye tales to shed blood in thee are they that eat vpon the mountaines in the middes of thee thei cōmit abominacion 10 * In thee haue they discouered theyr fathers shame in thee haue they vexed her that was polluted in her floures 11 And euerye one * hathe committed abominacion with his neighbours wife and euery one hath wickedly defiled his daughter in law and in thee hathe euery man for ced his owne sister euē his fathers daughter 12 In thee haue they taken giftes to shed blood thou hast taken vsurie and the encrease and thou hast defrauded thy neighbours by extorcion and hast forgotten me saith the Lord God 13 Beholde therefore I haue smitten myne hands vpō thy couetousnes that thou hast vsed and vpon the blood which hath bene in the middes of thee 14 Can thine heart endure or cā thine hāds be strong in the daies that I shall haue to do with thee I the Lord haue spoken it wil do it 15 And I wil scatter thee among the heathē and disperse thee in the countreis and wil cause thy filthines to cease from thee 16 And thou shalt take thine in heritāce in thy self in the sight of the heathen thou shalt knowe that I am the Lord. 17 ¶ And the word of the Lord came vnto me saying 18 Sonne of man the house of Israél is vnto me as drosse all they are brasse tynne and yron and lead in the middes of the fournace thei are euen the drosse of siluer 19 Therefore thus saith the Lord God Because ye are all as drosse beholde therfore I will gather you in the middes of Ierusalém 20 As they gather siluer and brasse and yron and lead and tynne into the middes of the fornace to blowe the fyre vpon it to melt it so will I gather you in mine angre and in my wrath and will put you there melt you 21 I wil gather you I say and blowe the fyre of my wrath vpon you and you shal be melted in the middes thereof 22 As siluer is melted in the middes of the fournace so shal ye be melted in the middes thereof and ye shall knowe that I the Lord haue powred out my wrath vpō you 23 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 24 Sonne of man say vnto her Thou art the land that is vncleane not rained vpō in the day of wrath 25 There is a conspiracie of her Prophetes in the middes thereof like a roaring lyon ranening the pray thei haue deuoured sou les they haue taken the riches precious things thei haue made her many widowes in the middes thereof 26 Her Priests haue broken my Law and haue defiled mine holy things thei haue put no difference betwene the holy and prophane nether discerned betwene the vncleane and the cleane and haue hid their eyes from my Sabbaths and I am prophaned among them 27 Her princes in * the middes thereof are like wolues rauening the praye to shed blood and to destroye soules for their owne couetous lucre 28 And her Prophetes haue dawbed them with vntempered morter seing vanities and diuining lies vnto them saying Thus saith the Lord God when the Lord had not spoken 29 The people of the land haue violently oppressed by spoyling and robbing and haue vexed the poore and the neady yea they haue oppressed the stranger against right 30 And I soght for a man among them that shulde make vp the hedge stand in the gap before me for the land that I shuld not destroy it but I founde none 31 Therfore haue I powred outmine indignacion vpon them and consumed them with the fyre of my wrath their owne waies haue I rendred vppon their heades saith the Lord God CHAP. XXIII Of the idolatrie of Samaria and Ierusalém vnder the names of Aholah and 〈◊〉 1 THe worde of the Lord came againe vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man there were two women the daughters of one mother 3 And they committed fornicacion in Egypt they committed fornicacion in theyr youth there 〈◊〉 their breasts pressed and there thei bruised the teates of their virginitie 4 And the names of them were Aholáh the elder and Aholibáh her sister they were mine and thei bare sonnes and daughters thus were their names Samaria is Aholáh and Ierusalém Aholibáh 5 And Aholáh plaied the harlot whē she was mine and she was set on fyre with her louers to wit with the Assyrians her neighbours 6 Whiche were clothed with blewe silke bothe captaines and princes thei were all pleasant yongmen and horsemen riding vpon horses 7 Thus she committed her whoredome with them euen with all them that were the chosen mē of 〈◊〉 with all on whome she doted defiled her self with all their idoles 8 Nether left she her fornicaciōs learned of the Egyptians forin her youth thei lay with her they bruised the breasts of her virginitie and powred their whoredome vpon her 9 Wherefore I deliuered her into the hands of her louers euen into the hands of the Assyrians vpon whome she doted 10 These discouered her shame they toke away her sonnes and her daughters and slewe her with the sworde and she had an euill name among women for they had executed iudgement vpon her 11 And when her sister Aholibáh sawe this she marred her selfe with in ordinate loue more then she and with her fornicacions more then her sister with her fornicaciōs 12 She doted vpon the Assyrians her neighbours bothe captaines and princes clothed with diuers sutes horsemen riding vpō horses thei were all pleasant yóg mē 13 Then I sawe that she was defiled that they were bothe after one sorte 14 And that she encreased her fornicaciōs for when she sawe men painted vpon the wall the images of the Caldeans painted with vermelon 15 And girded with girdles vpō their loynes and with dyed attyre vppon theyr heades loking all like princes after the maner of the Babylonians in Caldea the lande of their natiuitie 16 Assone I say as she sawe them she doted vpō them and sent messengers vnto them into Caldea 17 Now when the Babylonians came to her into the bed of loue they defiled her with their fornicacion she was polluted with them and her lust departed from them 18 So she discouered her fornicacion disclosed her shame then mine heart forsoke her like as mine heart had forsakē her sister 19 Yet she encreased her
and towarde the West two hundreth fiftie 18 And the residue in length ouer against the oblacion of the holy porcion shal be tene thousand East warde and ten thousād West warde and it shal be ouer against the oblacion of the holy porcion and the encrease there of shall be for fode vnto them that serue in the citie 19 And thei that serue in the citie shal be of all the tribes of Israél that shal serue therin 20 All the oblacion shal be fiue and twenty thousand with fiue and twētie thousand you shall offre this oblacion foure square for the Sanctuarie and for the possessiō of the citie 21 And the residue shal be for the prince on the one side and on the other of the oblacion of the Sanctuarie and of the possessiō of the citie ouer against the fiue and twētie thousand of the oblacion towarde the East border Westward ouer against the fiue and twētie thousand toward the West border ouer against shal be for the porciō of the prince this shal be the holie oblaciō and the house of the Sanctuarie shal be in the middes thereof 22 Moreouer from the possession of the Leuites from the possessiō of the citie that which is in the middes shal be the princes betwene the border of Iudáh betwene the border of Beniamin shal be the princes 23 And the rest of the tribes shal be thus frō the East parte vnto the West parte Beniamin shal be a porcion 24 And by the border of Beniamin from the East side vnto the West side Simeôn a porcion 25 And by the border of Simeôn from the East parte vnto the West parte Ishakár a porcion 26 And by the border of Ishakár frō the East side vnto the West Zebulún a porcion 27 And by the border of Zebulún from the East part vnto the West parte Gad a porcion 28 And by the border of Gad at the South side toward Temáth the border shal be euē frō Tamár vnto the waters of Meribáth in Kadésh and to the riuer that runneth into the mayne sea 29 This is the land whiche ye shall distribute vnto the tribes of Israél for inheritance and these are their porcions saith the Lord God 30 And these are the boundes of the citie on the North side fiue hundreth foure thousand measures 31 And the gates of the citie shal be after the names of the tribes of Israél the gates Northward one gate of Reubén one gate of Iudáh and one gate of Leui. 32 And at the East side fiue hundreth foure thousand and thre gates and one gate of Ioséph one gate of Beniamin and one gate of Dan. 33 And at the South side fiue hundreth and foure thousād measures and thre portes one gate of Simeôn one gate of Ishakár and one gate of Zebulún 34 At the West side fiue hundreth and foure thousand with their thre gates one gate of Gad one gate of Ashér and one gate of Naphtali 35 It was rounde about eightene thousand measures and the name of the citie from that day shal be The Lord is there DANIEL THE ARGVMENT THe great prouidence of God and his singular mercie towarde his Churche are moste liuely here set forthe who neuer leaueth his destitute but now in their greatest miseries hnd afflictions giueth them Prophetes as Ezekiél and Daniél whome he adorned with suche graces of his holie spirit that Daniél aboue all other had moste special reuclations of suche things as shulde come to the Church euen from the time that thei were in captiuitie to the last end of the worlde to the general resurrection as of the foure Monarches and empires of all the worlde to wit of the Babylonians 〈◊〉 Greciās aud Romaines Also of the 〈◊〉 nombre of the times euen vnto Christ when all ceremonies and sacrifices shulde cease because he shulde be the accomplishement thereof moreouer he sheweth Christes office and the cause of his death whiche was by his sacrifice to take away sinnes and to bring euerlasting life And as from the beginning God euer exercised his peo ple vnder the crosse so he teacheth here that after that Christ is offred he wil stil leaue this exercise to his Church vntill the dead rise againe and Christ gather his into his kingdome in the heauens CHAP. I. 1 The captiuitie of Iehoiakim King of Iudáh 4 The King chuseth certeine yong men of the Iewes to learne his lawe 5 Thei haue the Kings ordinarie appointed 8 But thei abstaine from it 1 IN the thirde yere of reigne of Iehoiakim King of Iudáh came Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél vnto Ierusalém and besieged it 2 And the Lord gaue Iehoiakim King of Iudáh into his hand with parte of the vessels of the house of God which he caried into the lād of Shinár to the house of his God and he broght the vessels into his gods treasurie 3 And the King spake vnto Ashpenáz the master of his Eunuches that he shulde bring certeine of the children of Israél of the Kings sede and of the princes 4 Children in whome was no blemishe but wel fauoured and instructin all wisdome and wel sene in knowledge and able to vtter knowledge and suche as were able to stand in the Kings palace and whome thei might teache the learning and the tōgue of the Caldeans 5 And the King appointed them prouision euerie day of a portiō of the Kings meat and of the wine which he dranke so nourishing thēi thre yere that at the end there of thei might stand before the King 6 Now among these were certeine of the children of Iudáh Daniél Hananiáh Mishaél and Azariáh 7 Vnto whome the chief of the Eunuches gaue other names for he called Daniél Belteshazár and Hananiáh Shadrách and Mishaél Meshách Azariáh Abednegó 8 ¶ But Daniél had determined in his heart that he wolde not defile him self with the porcion of the Kings meate nor with the wine which he dranke therefore he required the chief of the Eunuches that he might not defile him self 9 Now God had broght Daniél into fauour and tēder loue with the chief of the Eunuches 10 And the chief of the Eunuches said vnto Daniél I feare my Lord the King who hathe appointed your meat your drink therefore if he se your faces worse lyking then the other children which are of your sorte then shall you make me lose myne head vnto the King 11 Then said Daniél to Melzár whome the chief of the Eunuches had set ouer Daniél Hananiáh Mishaêl and Azariáh 12 Proue thy seruants I beseche thee tene daies and let them giue vs pulse to eate and water to drinke 13 Then let our countenances beloked vpō before thee and the countenances of the childrē that eat of the porciō of the Kings meat and as thou seest deale with thy seruants 14 So he consented to them in this matter
for the multitude of thine iniquitie therefore the hatred is great 8 The watchemā of Ephráim shulde be with my God but the Prophet is the snare of a fouler in all his waies hatred in the Hou se of his God 9 They are depely set they are corrupt as in the daies of Gibeáh therefore he wil remē ber their iniquitie he wil visite their sinnes 10 I founde Israél like grapes in the wildernes I sawe your fathers as the first ripe in the fig tre at her first time but they went to BaalPeór and separated them selues vnto that shame and their abominacions were accor ding to their louers 11 Ephráim their glorie shal flee away like a birde from the birth and from the wombe and from the conception 12 Thogh they bring vp their children yet I wil depriue them from being men yea wo to them when I departe from them 13 Ephráim as I sawe is as a tre in Tyrus planted in a cottage but Ephráim shal bring forthe his children to the murtherer 14 O Lord giue them what wilt thou giue thē giue them a baren wombe drye breasts 15 All their wickednes is in Gilgál for there do I hate thē for the wickednes of their in uencions I wil cast them out of mine House I wil loue them no more all their princes are rebelles 16 Ephráim is smitten their roote is dryed vp they cā bring no frute yea thogh thei bring for the yet wil I 〈◊〉 euē the dearest of their bodie 17 My God wil cast thē away because they did not obey him and they shal wander among the nacions CHAP. X. Against Israél and his idoles 14 His destruction for the same 1 ISraél is a emptie vine yet hathe it broght forthe frute vnto it self and according to the multitude of the frute thereof he hathe increased the altars according to the goodnes of their land they haue ma de faire images 2 Their heart is deuided now shal they be founde fautie he shal breake downe their altars he shal destroye their images 3 For now they shal say We haue no King because we feared not the Lord and what shulde a King do to vs 4 They haue spoken wordes swearing falsely in making a couenant thus iudgement gro weth as worme wood in the furrowes of the field 5 The inhabitants of Samaria shal feare because of the calfe of Beth 〈◊〉 for the people thereof shal mourne ouerit the Chemarims thereof that reioyced on it for the glorie thereof because it is departed frō it 6 It shal be also broght to Asshúr for a present vnto King Iaréb Ephráim shal receiue shame and Israél shal be ashamed of his owne counsel 7 Of Samaria the King there of is destroied as the fome vpon the water 8 The hie places also of Auē shal be destroyed euen the sinne of Israél the thorne and the thistle shal growe vpon their altars and they shal say to the mountaines * Couer vs and to the hilles Fall vpon vs. 9 O Israél 〈◊〉 hast sinned from the daies of Gibeáh there they stode the battel in Gibeáh against the children of iniquitie did not touche them 10 It is my desire that I shulde chastise them and the people shal be gathered against thē when they shal gather them selues in their two furrowes 11 And Ephráim is as an heiffer vsed to delite in threshing but I wil passe by her faire necke I wil make Ephráim to ride Iudáh shal plowe and Iaakób shal breake his cloddes 12 So we to yourselues in righteousnes reape after the measure of mercie breake vp your fallowe grounde for it is time to seke the Lord til he come and raine righteousnes vpon you 13 But you haue plowed wickednes ye haue reaped iniquitie you haue eaten the frute of lies because thou didest trust in thine owne wayes in the multitude of thy strōg men 14 Therefore shal a tumult arise amōg thy peo ple and all thy munitions shal be destroyed as Shalmán destroyed Beth-arbél in the day of battel the mother with the children was dashed in pieces 15 So shal Beth-él do vnto you because of your malicious wickednes in a morning shal the King of Israél be destroyed CHAP. XI The benefites of the Lord toward Israél 5 Their ingratitude against him 1 WHen Israél was a childe then I loued him and called my sonne out of Egypt 2 They called them but they went thus frō them they sacrificed vnto Baalim and burnt incense to images 3 I led Ephráim also as one shulde beare thē in his armes but they knewe not that I healed them 4 I led them with cordes of a mā euen with bandes of loue and I was to them as he that taketh of the yoke from their iawes and I layed the meat vnto them 5 He shal no more returne into the land of Egypt but Asshúr shal be his King because they refused to conuert 6 And the sworde shal fall on his cities shal consume his barres and deuoure thē because of their owne counsels 7 And my people are bent to rebellion against me thogh they called them to the most hie yet none at all wolde exalt him 8 How shal I giue thee vp Ephráim how shal I deliuer thee 〈◊〉 how shal I make thee as Admáh how shal I set thee as Zeboim mine heart is turned with in me my re pentings are rouled together 9 I wil not execute the fiercenes of my wrath I wil not returne to destroy Ephráim for I am God and not man the holy one in the middes of thee and I wil not entre into the citie 10 They shal walke after the Lord he shal roare like a lyon when he shal roare then the children of the West shal feare 11 Thei shal feare as a sparowe out of Egypt and as a doue out of the land of 〈◊〉 and I wil place them in their houses saith the Lord. 12 Ephráim compasseth me about with lies and the house of Israél with deceit but Iudáh yet ruleth with God and is faithful with the Sainctes CHAP. XII He admonissheth by Iaakobs example to trust in God and not in man 1 EPhráim is fed with the winde and followeth after the Eastwinde he encreaseth 〈◊〉 and destruction and they do make a couenant with 〈◊〉 and oyle is caryed into Egypt 2 The Lord hathe also a controuersie with Iudáh and wil visite Iaakób according to his waies according to his workes wil he re compense him 3 He toke his brother by the hele in the wom be and by his strength he had power with God 4 And had power ouer the Angel preuailed he wept prayed vnto him he founde him in Beth-él and there he spake with vs. 5 Yea
righteous shal liue foreuer their rewarde also is with the Lord and the moste High hathe care of them 16 Therefore shal they 〈◊〉 a glorious kingdome and a beautiful crowne of the Lords hand for with his right hand shal he couer them and with his arme shal he de fende them 17 He shal take his 〈◊〉 lousie for armour and shal arme the créatures to be reuenged of the enemies 18 He shal put on righteousnes for a brest-plate and take true iudgement in stead of an helmet 19 He wil take holines for an inuincible shield 20 He wil sharpen fierce wrath for a swor de and the worlde shal fight with him against the vnwise 21 Then shal the thunder boltes go 〈◊〉 outof the lightnings and shal 〈◊〉 to the marke as out of the bēt bowe of the clouds and out of his angre that troweth stones shal thicke haile be cast and the water of the sea shal be wrothe against them and the floods shal mightely ouer flowe 22 And a mightie winde shal stand vp against them and like a storme shal scatter them abroad Thus iniquitie shal bring all the earth to a wildernes and wickednes shal ouerthrowe the thrones of the mightie CHAP. VI. The calling of Kings princes and iudges which are also exhorted to searche wisdome 1 HEare therefore ôye Kings and vnderstand learne ye that be iudges of the ends of the earth 2 Giue eare ye that rule the multitudes and glorie in the multitude of people 3 For the rule * is giuen you of the Lord and power by the moste High which wil trye your workes and searche out your imaginacions 4 Because that ye being officers of his kingdome haue not iudged aright nor kept the Law nor walked after the wil of God 5 Horribly and sodenly wil he appeare vnto you for an hard iudgement shal they haue that beare rule 6 For he that is moste lowe is worthie mercie but the mightie shal be mightely tormented 7 For he that is Lord ouer all wil spare no * persone nether shal he feare anie greatnes for he hathe made the small and great and careth for all a like 8 But for the mightie abideth the sorer tryal 9 Vnto you therefore ô tyrants do I speake that ye may learne wisdome and not go armisse 10 For they that kepe holines holily shal be holie and they that are learned there shal finde a defence 11 Wherefore set your delite vpon my wordes desire them ye shal be instructed 12 Wisdome shineth neuerfadeth away is easely sene of them that loue her foun de of suche as seke her 13 She preuenteth them that desire her that she may first shewe her self vnto them 14 Whoso awaketh vnto her betimes shal haue no great trauail for he shal finde her sitting at his dores 15 To thinke vpon her then is perfite vnderstāding who so watcheth for her shal be sone without care 16 For she goeth about seking suche as are mete for her and sheweth her self cherefully vnto them in the waies and meteth them in euerie thoght 17 For the moste true desire of discipline is her beginning and the care of discipline is loue 18 And loue is the keping of her lawes the keping of the lawes is the assurance of immortalitie 19 And immortalitie maketh vs nere vnto God 20 Therefore the desire of wisdome leadeth to the Kingdome 21 If your delite be then in thrones scepters ô Kings of the people honour wisdome that ye may reigne for euer 22 Now I wil tell you what wisdome is whē ce it cometh and wil not hide the mysteries from you but wil seke her out from the beginning of her natiuitie and bring the know ledge of her into light and wil not kepe bac ke the trueth 23 Nether wil I haue to do with consuming en uie for suche a man shal not be partaker of wisdome 24 But the multitude of the wise is the preseruacion of the worlde and a wise King is the staye of the people 25 Be therefore instructed by my wordes and ye shal haue profite CHAP. VII Wisdome ought to be preferred aboue all things 1 I My self am also mortal and a man like all other and am come of him that was first made of the earth 2 And in my mothers wombe was I facioned to be flesh in ten moneths I was* broght together into blood of the sede of man and by the pleasure that cometh with slepe 3 And when I was borne I receiued the cōmu ne aire and fel vpon the earth which is oflike nature crying weping at the first as all other do 4 I was nourished in swadling clothes with cares 5 For there is no King that had 〈◊〉 other beginning of birth 6 All * menthen haue one entrance vnto life and a like going out 7 Wherefore I prayed and vnderstanding was giuen me I called and the Spirit of wisdome came vnto me 8 I preferred her to scepters and thrones and counted riches nothing in cōparison of her 9 * Nether did I compare precious stones vnto her for all golde is but a litle grauel in respect of her siluer shal be counted but clay before her 10 I loued her aboue health and beautie pur posed to take her for my light for her light can not be quenched 11 All * good things therefore came to me together with her and innumerable riches tho row her hands 12 So I was glad in all for wisdome was the autor thereof and knewe not that she was the mother of these things 13 And I learned vnfainedly and communicated without enuie and I do not hide 〈◊〉 ches 14 For she is an infinite treasure vnto men whi che whoso vse become partakers of the loue of God are accepted for the gifts of know ledge 15 God hathe granted me to speake according to my minde and to iudge worthely of the things that are giuen me for he is the leader vnto wisdome and the 〈◊〉 of the wise 16 For in his hand are bothe we and our wordes and all wisdome and the knowledge of the workes 17 For he hathe giuen me the true knowledge of the things that are so that I knowe how the worlde was made and the powers of the elements 18 The beginning and the end and the middes of the times how the times alter and the chá ge of the seasons 19 The course of the yere the situacion of the starres 20 The nature of liuing things and the furious nes of beasts the power of the windes and the imaginacions of men the diuersities of plants and the vertues of rootes 21 And all things bothe secret and knowen do I know for wisdome the worker of all thīgs hathe taught me it 22 For in her ist he spirit of vnderstanding whi che is holie the onely begotten manifolde subtil moueable cleare vndefiled euident not 〈◊〉 louing
of that the iniquitie came from Babylon and from the ancient iudges which semed to rule the people 6 These hanted Ioacims house and all suche as had anie thing to do in the Law came thither vnto them 7 Now when the people departed away at noone Susanna went into her housbands garden to walke 8 And the two Elders sawe her that she went in daily and walked so that their lust was inflamed towarde her 9 Therefore thei turned away their minde cast downe their eyes that thei shulde not se heauen nor remembre iuste iudgements 10 And albeit they bothe were wounded with her loue yet durst not one shewe another his grief 11 For they were ashamed to declare their lust that they desired to haue to do with her 12 Yet they watched diligently from day to day to se her 13 And the one said to the other Letvs go now home for it is diner time 14 So they went their way and departed one from another yet they returned againe and came into the same place and after that they had asked one another the cause thei acknowledged their lust thē appointed they a time bothe together whē they might finde her alone 15 Now when they had spied out a conueniēt time that she went in as her maner was with two maides onely thoght to wash her self in the garden for it was an hote season 16 And there was no bodie there saue the two Elders that had hid thē selues and watched for her 17 She said to her maides Bring me oyle and sope and shut the garden dores that I may wash me 18 And they did as she bade them and shut the garden dores and went out them selues at a backe dore to fet the thing that she had cō manded them but they sawe not the Elders because they were hid 19 Now when the maides were gone forthe the two Elders rose vp and ranne vnto her saying 20 Beholde the garden dores are shut that no man can se vs we burne in loue with thee therefore consent vnto vs and lye with vs. 21 If thou wilt not we wil beare witnes against thee that a yong man was with thee and therefore thou did est send away the maides from thee 22 Then Susanna sighed and said I am in trouble on euerie side for if I do this thing it is death vnto me and if I do it not I cā not 〈◊〉 pe your hands 23 It is better for me to fall into your hands and not do it then to sinne in the sight of the Lord. 24 With that Susanna cryed with a loude voyce and the two Elders cryed out against her 25 Then ranne the one and opened the garden dore 26 ¶ So when the seruants of the house heard the crye in the garden they rushed in at the backe dore to se what was done vnto her 27 But when the Elders had declared their matter the seruants were greatly ashamed for there was neuer suche a reporte made of Susanna 28 On the morow after came the people to Ioacim her housbād and the two Elders came also ful of 〈◊〉 imaginacion against Susanna to put her to death 29 And said before the people Send for Susan na the daughter of Helcias Ioacims wife And immediatly they sent 30 So she came with her father mother her children and all her kinred 31 Now Susanna was very tender and faire of face 32 And these wicked mē commanded to vn co uer her face for she was couered that they might so be satisfied with her beautie 33 Therefore they that were about her and all they that knewe her wept 34 Then the two Elders stode vp in the middes of the people and layed their hands vpō her head 35 Which wept and loked vp to warde heauen for her heart trusted in the Lord. 36 And the Elders said As we walked in the gar den alone she came in with two maides whome she sent away from her and shut the garden dores 37 Then a yong man which there was hid came vnto her and lay with her 38 Then we which stode in a corner of the gar den seing this wickednes rāne vnto them and we sawe them as they were together 39 But we colde not holde him for he was stronger then we and opened the dore and leaped out 40 Now when we had taken this woman we asked her what yong man this was but she wolde not tel vs of these things are we witnesses 41 Then the assemblie beleued them as those that were the Elders and iudges of the peóple so thei condemned her to death 42 Then Susanna cryed out with a loude voyce and said O euerlasting God that knowest the secrets and knowest all things afore they come to passe 43 Thou knowest that they haue borne false witnes against me and beholde I must dye where as I neuer did suche things as these men haue maliciously inuented against me 44 An the Lord heard her voyce 45 ¶ Therefore when she was led to be put to death the Lordraised vp the holie spirit of a yong childe whose name was Daniel 46 Who cryed with a loude voyce I am cleane from the blood of this woman 47 Then all the people turned them toward him and said What meane these wordes that thou hast spoken 48 Then Daniel stode in the middes of them and said Are ye suche fooles ô Israelites that without examination or knowledge of the trueth ye haue condemned a daughter of Israel 49 Returne againe to iudgement for they haue borne false witnes against her 50 Wherefore the people turned againe in all haste and the Elders said vnto him Come sit downe among vs and shew it vs seing God hathe giuen thee the office of an Elder 51 Then said Daniel vnto them Put these two aside one farre from another and I wil examine them 52 So when they were put a sonder one from another he called one of them and said vnto him O thou that art olde in a wicked life now thy sinnes which thou hast committed afore time are come to light 53 For thou hast pronounced false iudgemēts and hast condemned the innocent and hast let the giltie go fre albeit the Lord saith The innocent and righteous shalt thou not slay 54 Now then if thou hast sene her tel me vnder what tre sawest thou them companying together Who answered Vnder a lentil ke tre 55 Then said Daniel Verely thou hast lyed against thine owne head for lo the Angel of God hathe receiued the sentence of God to cut thee in two 56 So put he him aside and commanded to bring the other and said vnto him O thou sede of Chanaan and not of Iuda beautie ha the disceiued thee and lust hathe subuerted thine heart 57 Thus haue ye dealt with the daughters of Israel and they for feare cōpanied with you but the daughter of Iuda wolde not abide your wickednes 58 Now therefore tel me vnderwhat tre didest
Iesus of Nazaret the sonne of Ioseph 46 Then Nathanael said vnto him Can there any good thing come out of Nazaret Philippe said to him Come and se. 47 Iesus sawe Nathanael coming to him and said of him Beholde in dede an Israelite in whome is no guile 48 Nathanael said vnto him Whence knewest thou me Iesus answered and said vnto him Before that Philippe called thee when thou wast vnder the figge tre I sawe thee 49 Nathanael answered said vnto him Rabbi thou art the Sonne of God thou art the King of Israel 50 Iesus answered and said vnto him Because I said vnto thee I sawe thee vnder the figge tre beleuest thou thou shalt se greater things then these 51 And he said vnto him Verely verely I say vnto you hereafter shal ye se heauen open and the Angels of God * ascending and descending vpon the Sonne of man CHAP. II. 8 Christ turneth the water into wine 14 He driueth the byers and sellers out of the Temple 19 He forewarneth his death and resurrection 23 He conuerteth many and distrusteth man 1 ANd the thirde day was there a mariage in Cana a towne of Galile and the mother of Iesus was there 2 And Iesus was called also and his disciples vnto the mariage 3 Now whē the wine failed the mother of Iesus said vnto him They haue no wine 4 Iesus said vnto her Woman what haue I to do with thee mine houre is not yet come 5 His mother said vnto the seruants Whatsoeuer he saith vnto you do it 6 And there were set there six waterpottes of stone after the maner of the purifying of the Iewes conteining two or thre firkins a piece 7 And Iesus said vnto thē Fil the waterpottes with water Then they filled them vpto the brim 8 Then he said vnto them Drawe out now beare vnto the gouernour of the feast So they bare it 9 Now when the gouernour of the feast had tasted the water that was made wine for he knewe not whence it was but the seruants whiche drewe the water knewe the gouernour of the feast called the bridegrome 10 And said vnto him All men at the beginning set forthe good wine when men haue wel drunke then that which is worse but thou hast kept backe the good wine vntil now 11 This beginning of miracles did Iesus in Cana at owne of Galile and shewed for the his glorie and his disciples beleued on him 12 After that he went downe into Capernaum he and his mother and his brethren and his disciples but they continued not manie dayes there 13 For the Iewes Passeouer was at hand There fore Iesus went vp to Ierusalem 14 * And he founde in the Temple those that solde oxen and shepe and doues and changers of money sitting there 15 Then he made a scourge of smale cordes draue them all out of the Temple with the shepe and oxen and powred out the changers money and ouerthrewe the tables 16 And said vnto them that solde doues Take these things hence make not my Fathers house an house of marchandise 17 And his disciples remembred that it was written * The zeale of thine house hathe eaten me vp 18 Then answered the Iewes and said vnto him What signe shewest thou vnto vs that thou doest these things 19 Iesus answered and said vnto them * Destroye this tēple and in thre dayes I wil raise it vp againe 20 Then said the Iewes Fortie and six yeres was this Temple a buylding and wilt thou reare it vp in thre dayes 21 But he spake of the temple of his bodie 22 Assone therefore as he was risen from the dead his disciples remembred that he thus said vnto them and they beleued the Scriptu re and the worde which Iesus had said 23 Now when he was at Ierusalem at the Passeouer in the feast many beleued in his Name whē they sawe his miracles which he did 24 But Iesus did not commit him self vnto thē because he knewe them all 25 And had no nede that any shulde testifie of man for he knewe what was in man CHAP. III. 3 Christ instructeth Nichodemus in the regeneratiō 15 Of faith 16 Of the loue of God towards the worde 23 The doctrine and baptisme of Iohn 28 And the witnes that he beareth of Christ. 1 THere was now a man of the Pharises named Nicodemus a ruler of the Iewes 2 He came to Iesus by night and said vnto him Rabbi we knowe that thou art a teacher come from God for no man colde do these miracles that thou doest except God were with him 3 Iesus answered and said vnto him Verely verely I say vnto thee except a man be borne againe he can not se the kingdome of God 4 Nichodemus said vnto him How can a man be borne which is olde can he enter into his mothers wombe againe and be borne 5 Iesus answered Verely verely I say vnto thee except that a man be borne of water and of the Spirit he can not enter into the kingdome of God 6 That which is borne of the flesh is flesh and that that is borne of the Spirit is spirit 7 Marueile not that I said to thee Ye must be borne againe 8 The winde bloweth where it listeth and thou he arest the soūde there of but canst not tel whence it cometh and whether it goeth so is euerie man that is borne of the Spirit 9 Nicodemus answered said vnto him How can these things be 10 Iesus answered and said vnto him Art thou a teacher of Israel and knowest no these things 11 Verely verely I say vnto thee we speake that we knewe testifie that we haue sene but ye receiue not our witnes 12 If when I tel you earthlie things ye beleue not how shulde ye beleue if I shal tell you of heauenlie things 13 For no man ascendeth vp to heauen but he that hathe descended from heauen the Sōne of man which is in heauen 14 * And as Moses lift vp the serpent in the wil dernes so must the Sōne of man be lift vp 15 That whosoeuer beleueth in him shuld not perish but haue eternal life 16 * For God so loued the worlde that he hath giuen his onely begotten Sōne that whosoeuer beleueth in him shulde not perish but haue euerlasting life 17 * For God sent not his Sōne into the worlde that he shulde condemne the worlde but that the worlde through him might be saued 18 He that beleueth in him shal not be condem ned but he that beleueth not is condemned already because he beleueth not in the Name of the onely begotten Sonne of God 19 * And this in the condemnation that light is come into the worlde and men loued darkenes rather then light because their dedes were euil 20 For
beareth witnes of me Ye haue not heard hys voyce at anie tyme * nether haue ye sene hys shape 38 And his worde haue ye not abiding in you for whom he hathe sent him ye beleue not 39 * Searche the Scriptures for in thē ye think to haue eternall life and they are they which testifie of me 40 But ye will not come to me that ye myght haue life 41 I receiue not praise of men 42 But I knowe you that ye haue not the loue of God in you 43 I am come in my Fathers Name and ye receiue me not if another shall come in hys owne name him wil ye receiue 44 How can ye beleue whiche receiue * honour one of another and seke not the honour that cometh of God alone 45 Do not thinke that I will accuse you to my Father there is one that accuseth you euē Moses in whome ye trust 46 For had ye beleued Moses ye wolde haue beleued me * for he wrote of me 47 But if ye beleue not his writings how shal ye beleue my wordes CHAP. VI. 10 Iesus fedeth fiue thousand men with fiue loaues ād two fishes 15 He departeth awaye that they shulde not make him King 26 He reproueth the fleshlie hearers of his word 41 The carnall are offended at hym 63 The fleshe profiteth not 1 AFter these things Iesus went his way ouer the sea of Galile or of Tiberias 2 And a great multitude followed him because they sawe his miracles whiche he did on them that were diseased 3 Then Iesus went vp into a mountaine and there he sate with his disciples 4 Nowe the Passeouer a * feast of the Iewes was nere 5 * Then Iesus lift vp his eyes and seing that a great multitude came vnto him he said vnto Philippe Whence shall we bye breade that these might eat 6 And this he said to proue hym for he hym selfe knewe what he wolde do 7 Philippe answered him Two hundreth peny worthe of bread is not sufficient for thē that euerie one of them may take a litle 8 Then said vnto him one of his disciples Andrewe Simon Peters brother 9 There is a litle boye here which hathe fiue barlie loaues two fishes but what are they among so 〈◊〉 10 And Iesus said Make the people sit down Now there was muche grasse in that place Then the men sate downe in nomber about fiue thousand 11 And Iesus toke the bread and gaue thankes and gaue to the disciples and the disciples to them that were set downe and likewise of the fishes as muche as they wolde 12 And when they were satisfied he said vnto hys disciples Gather vp the broken meat which remaineth that nothing be lost 13 Then they gathered it together and filled twelue baskets with the broken meat of the fiue barlie loaues which remaineth vnto them that had eaten 14 Then the mē when they had sene the miracle that Iesus did sayd This is of a trueth the Prophete that shulde come into the worlde 15 When Iesus therefore perceiued that they wolde come and take hym to make hym a King he departed againe into a mountaine him self alone 16 ¶ When euen was nowe come his disciples went downe vnto the sea 17 * And entred into a ship and went ouer the sea towardes Capernaum and nowe it was darke and Iesus was not come to them 18 * And the sea arose with a great winde that blewe 19 And when they had rowed about fiue and twentie or thirtie furlongs they sawe Iesus walking on the sea and drawing nere vnto the ship so they were afraied 20 But he said vnto them It is I be not afraied 21 Then willingly they receiued him into the ship and the ship was by and by at the land whether they went 22 ¶ The day following the people which stode on the other side of the sea sawe that there was none other ship there saue that one where into his disciples were entred that Iesus went not with his disciples in the ship but that his disciples were gone alone 23 And that there came other shippes from Tiberias nerevnto the place where they ate the bread after the Lord had giuen thankes 24 Now when the people sawe that Iesus was not there nether his disciples thei also toke shipping and came to Capernaum seking for Iesus 25 And when they had founde him on the other side of the sea thei said vnto him Rabbi when camest thou hither 26 Iesus answered them and said Verely verely I say vnto you ye seke me not because ye sawe the miracles but because ye ate of the loaues and were filled 27 Laboure not for the meat which perisheth but for the meat that endureth vnto euerlasting life which the Sonne of man shal giue vnto you for him hathe * God the Father sealed 28 Then said they vnto him What shal we do that we might worke the workes of God 29 Iesus answered and said vnto them * This is the worke of God that ye beleue in him whome he hathe sent 30 They said therefore vnto him What signe shewest thou then that we maye se it and beleue thee what doest thou worke 31 * Our fathers did eat Manna in the desert as it is * written He gaue them bread from heauen to eat 32 Then Iesus said vnto them Verely verely I say vnto you Moses gaue you not bread from heauen but my Father giueth you the true bread from heauen 33 For the bread of God is he which cometh downe from heauen and giueth life vnto the worlde 34 Then thei said vnto him Lord euermore giue vs this bread 35 And Iesus said vnto them I am the bread of life he that cometh to me shal not hunger and * he that beleueth in me shal neuer thrust 36 But I said vnto you that ye also haue sene me and beleue not 37 All that the Father giueth me shal come to me and him that cometh to me I cast not away 38 For I came downe from heauen not to do mine owne wil but his wil which hathe sent me 39 And this is the Fathers wil whiche hathe sent me that of all which he hathe giuē me I shulde lose nothing but shulde raise it vp againe at the last day 40 And this is the wil of him that sent me that euerie man which seeth the Sonne and beleueth in him shulde haue euerlasting life I wil raise him vp at the last day 41 The Iewes then murmured at him because he said I am the bread which is come downe from heauen 42 And they said * Is not this Iesus the sonne of Ioseph whose father mother we know how then saith he I came downe from heauen 43 Iesus then answered and said vnto thē Mur mure not among
I wil do it 15 If ye loue me kepe my commandements 16 And I wil pray the Father and he shal giue you another Comforter that he may abide with you for euer 17 Euen the Spirit of trueth whome the worlde can not receiue because it seeth him not nether knoweth him but ye know him for he dwelleth with you and shal be in you 18 I wil not leaue you comfortles but I wil come to you 19 Yet a litle while and the worlde shal se me no more but ye shal seme because I liue ye shal liue also 20 At that day shal ye knowe that I am in my Father and you in me and I in you 21 He that hathe my commandements and kepeth them is he that loueth me and he that loueth me shal be 〈◊〉 of my Father and I wil loue him and wil shewe mine owne self to him 22 Iudas said vnto him not I scariot Lord what is the cause that thou wilt shewe thy self vnto vs and not vnto the worlde 23 Iesus answered and said vnto him If any man loue me he wil kepe my worde my Father wil loue him and we wilcome vnto him and wil dwell with him 24 He that loueth me not kepeth not my wor des and the worde whiche ye heare is not mine but the Fathers which sent me 25 These things haue I spokē vnto you being present with you 26 But the Comforter which is the holie Gost whome the Father wil send in my Name he shal teache you all things ād bring all things to your remēbrance which I haue tolde you 27 Peace I leaue with you my peace I giue vn to you not as the worlde giueth giue I vnto you Let not your heart be troubled nor feare 28 Ye 〈◊〉 heard how I said vnto you I go away and wil come vnto you If ye loued me ye wolde verely reioyce because I said I go vnto the Father for my Father is greater then I. 29 And now haue I spoken vnto you before it come that when it is come to passe ye might beleue 30 Hereafter wil I not speake many things vnto you for the prince of his worlde cōmeth and hathe noght in me 31 But it is that the worlde may knowe that 〈◊〉 my Father and as the Father hathe cōmanded me so I do Arise let vs go hence CHAP. XV. 6 The swete consolation and mutual loue betwene Christ and his membres vnder the parable of the vine 18 Of their commune afflictions and persecutions 26 The office of the holie Gost and the Apostles 1 I Am the true vine and my Father is an hous 〈◊〉 men 2 * Euerie branche that beareth not frute in me he taketh away and euerie one that beareth frute he purgeth it that it may bring for the more frute 3 * Now are ye cleane through the worde which I haue spoken vnto you 4 Abide in me and I in you as the branche can not beare frute of it self except it abide in the vine no more can ye except ye abide in me 5 I am the vine ye are the branches he that abideth in me and I in him the same bringeth forthe muche frute for without me can ye do nothing 6 If a man abide not in me he is cast forthe as a branche and withereth and men gather them and cast them into the fyre and they burne 7 If ye abide in me and my wordes abide in you aske what ye wil and it shal be done to you 8 Herein is my Father glorified that ye beare muche frute and be made my disciples 9 As the Father hathe loued me so haue I loued you continue in my loue 10 If ye shal kepe my commandements ye shal abide in my loue as I haue kept my Fathers commandements and abide in his loue 11 These things haue I spoken vnto you that my ioye might remaine in you and that your ioye might be ful 12 * This is my commandement that ye loue one another as I haue loued you 13 Greater loue then this hathe no man when any man bestoweth his life for his friends 14 Ye are my friends if ye do whatsoeuer I cōmande you 15 Henceforthe call 〈◊〉 you not seruants for the seruant knoweth not what his master doeth but I haue called you friends for all things that I haue heard of my Father haue I made knowen to you 16 Ye haue not chosen me but I haue chosen you and ordeined you * that ye go and bring forthe frute and that your frute remaine that what so euer ye shal aske of the father in my Name he may giue it you 17 These things commande 〈◊〉 you that ye loue one another 18 If the worlde hate you ye know that it hated me before you 19 If ye were of the worlde the worlde wolde loue his owne but because ye are not of the worlde but I haue chosen you out of the worlde therefore the worlde hateth you 20 Remember the worde that I said vnto you * The seruant is not greater then his master * If they haue persecuted me they wil perse cute you also if they haue kept my worde they wil also kepe yours 21 But all these things wil they do vnto you for my Names sake because they haue not knowen him that sent me 22 If I had not come and spoken vnto them they shulde not haue had sinne but nowe haue they no cloke for their sinne 23 He that hateth me hateth my Father also 24 〈◊〉 had not done workes among them whiche none other man did they had not had sinne but now haue they bothe sene and haue hated bothe me and my Father 25 But it is that the worde myght be fulfilled that is written in their Law * They hated me without a cause 26 But when the Comforter shall come * whom I will send vnto you from the Father euen the Spirit of trueth whiche proceadeth of the Father he shal testifie of me 27 And ye shall witnesse also because ye haue bene with me from the beginning CHAP. XVI 2 He putteth them in remembrance of the crosse and of their owne infirmitie to come 7 And therefore doeth comfort them with the promes of the 〈◊〉 Gost. 16 Of the comming againe of Christ. 17 Of his ascension 23. To aske in the Name of Christ. Peace in Christ and in the worlde affliction 1 THese things haue I said vnto you that ye shulde not be offended 2 They shal excommunicate you yea the time shal come that whosoeuer killeth you wil thinke that he doeth God seruice 3 And these things wil they do vnto you because they haue not knowen the Father nor me 4 But these things haue I tolde you that when the houre shal come ye might remember that I tolde you thē And these things said I not
foreknowledge 1 NOw then there is no comdemnation to them that are in Christ Iesus which walke not after the slesh but after the Spirit 2 For the Law of the Spirit flif which is in Christ Iesus hathe freed me from the law of sinne and of death 3 For that that was impossible to the Law in as muche as it was weake because of the flesh God sending his owne Sonne in the similitude of sinful flesh and for sinne condemned sinne in the flesh 4 That the righteousnes of the Law might be fulfilled in vs which walke not after the flesh but after the Spirit 5 For they that are after the flesh sauour the things of the flesh but they that are after the Spirit the things of the Spirit 6 For the wisdome of the flesh is death but the wisdome of the Spirit is life peace 7 Because the wisdome of the flesh is enimitie against God for it is not subiect to the Law of God nether in dede can be 8 So then they that are in the flesh can not please God 9 Now ye are not in the flesh but in the Spirit because the Spirit of God dwelleth in you but if anie man hathe not the Spirit of Christ the same is not his 10 And if Christ be in you the bodie is dead because of sinne but the Spirit is life for righteousnes sake 11 But if the Spirit of him that raised vp Iesus from the dead dwell in you he that raised vp Christ frō the dead shal also quicken your mortal boides because that his Spirit dwelleth in you 12 Therefore brethren we are detters not to the flesh to liue after the flesh 13 For if ye liue after the flesh ye shal dye but if ye mortifie the dedes of the bodie by the Spirit ye shal liue 14 For as manie as are led by the Spirit of God they are the sonnes of God 15 For ye haue not receiued the Spirit of bondage to feare againe but ye haue receiued the Spirit of ad opcion whereby we crye * Abba Father 16 The same Spirit beareth witnes with our Spirit that we are the children of God 17 If webe children we are also heires euē the heires of God and heires annexed with Christ if so be that we suffer with him that we maye also beglorified with him 18 For I counte that the afflictions of this present time are not worthie of the glorie which shal be shewed vnto vs. 19 For the seruēt desire of the creature waiteth when the sonnes of God shal be reueiled 20 Because the creature is subiect to vanitie not of it owne wil but by reason of him which hathe subdued it vnder hope 21 Because the creature also shal be deliuered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious libertie of the sonnes of God 22 For we knowe that euerie creature groneth with vs also and trauaileth in paine together vnto this present 23 And not onely the creature but we also which haue the first frutes of the Spirit euē we do sigh in our selues waiting for the adopcion euen the * redemption of our bodie 24 For we are saued by hope but hope that is sene is not hope for how can a man hope for that which he seeth 25 But if we hope for that we se not we do with pacience abide for it 26 Likewise the Spirit also helpeth our infirmi ties for we knowe not what to praye as we ought but the Spirit it self maketh 〈◊〉 for vs with sighs which can not be expressed 27 But he that searcheth the hearts knoweth what is the meaning of the Spirit for he maketh request for the Sainctes according to the wil of God 28 Also we knowe that all things worke together for the best vnto them that loue God euen to them that are called of his purpose 29 For those wich he knewe before he also predestinate to be made like to the image of his Sonne that he might be the first borne among manie brethren 30 Moreouer whome he predestinate them also he called and whome he called them also he iustified and whome he iustified them he also glorified 31 What shal we then say to these things If God be on our side who can be against vs 32 Who spared not his owne Sonne but gaue him for vs all to death how shal he not with him giue vs all things also 33 Who shal lay anie thing to the charge of Gods chosen it it God that * iustifieth 34 Who shal condemne it is Christ which is dead yea or rather whiche is risen againe who is also at the right hand of God and maketh request also for vs. 35 Who shal separate vs from the loue of Christ shal tribulacion or anguish or persecucion or famine or nakednes or peril or sworde 36 As it is written For thy sake are we killed all day long we are counted as shepe for the slaughter 37 Neuertheles in all these things we are more then conquerers through him that loued vs. 38 For I am persuaded that nether death nor life nor Angels nor principalities nor pow ers nor things present nor things to come 39 Nor height nor depth nor anie other creatu re shal be able to separate vs from the loue of God which is in Christ Iesus our Lord. CHAP. IX 1 Heauing testified his great loue towardes his nacion and the signes thereof 11 He entreateth of the election and reprobacion 24 Of the vocation of the Gentiles 30 And reiection of the Iewes 1 I Say the trueth in Christ I lye not my conscience bearing me witnes in the holie Gost. 2 That I haue great heauines and continual sorowe in mine heart 3 * For I wolde wish my self to be separate from Christ for my brenthren that are my kinsmen according to the flesh 4 Which are the Israelites to whome perteineth the adoption and the glorie and the * Couenantes and the giuing of the Law the seruice of God and the promises 5 Of whome are the Fathers and of whome concerning the flesh Christ came who is God ouer all blessed for euer Amen 6 * Not withstanding it can not be that the worde of God shulde take none effect for all they are not Israel which are of Israel 7 Nether are they all children because they are the sede of Abraham * but In Isaac shal thy sede be called 8 That is they which are the children of the flesh are not the children of God but the* children of the promes are counted for the sede 9 For this is a worde of promes * In this same time wil I come and Sara shal haue a sonne 10 Nether he onelie felt this but also * Rebecca when she had cōceiued by one euē by
ye not what the Scripture saith of Elias how he maketh request vnto God against Israel saying 3 * Lord they hane killed thy Prophetes and digged downe thine altars and I am left alone and they seke my life 4 But what saith the answer of God to him * I haue reserued vnto my self c seuen thousand men which haue not bowed the knee to Baal 5 Euen so then at this present time is there a remnant through the election of grace 6 And if it be of grace it is no more of workes orels were grace no more grace but if it be of workes it is no more grace orels were worke no more worke 7 What then Israel hathe not obteined that he soght but the election hathe obteined 〈◊〉 and the rest haue bene hardened 8 According as it is written * God hathe giuen then the spirit of slomber eyes that they shulde not se and eares that they shulde not heare vnto this day 9 And Dauid saith * Let their table be made a snare ād a net and a stombling blocke euen for are compence vnto them 10 Let their eyes be darkened that they se not and bowe downe their backe alwayes 11 I demande then Haue they stombled that they shulde fall God forbid but through their fall saluation commeth vnto the Gentiles to prouoke them to follow them 12 Wherefore if the fall of them be the riches of the worlde and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gētiles how muche more shal their abundance be 13 For in that I speake to you Gentiles in asmuche as I am the Apostle of the Gentiles I magnifie mine office 14 To trie if by any meanes I might prouoke them of my flesh to followe them and might saue some of them 15 For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the worlde what shal the recei uing be but life from the dead 16 For if the first frutes be holie so is the whole lompe and if the roote be holie so are the branches 17 And thogh some of the branches be broken of and thou being a wilde oliue tre wast grafte in for them and made partakers of the roote and satnesse of the oliue tre 18 Boast not thy self against the branches and if thou boast thy self thou bearest not the roote but the roote thee 19 Thou wilt say then The branches are broken of that I might be grafte in 20 Wel through vnbelefe they are broken of and thou stādeth by faith be not hie minded but feare 21 For if God spared not the natural branches take hede lest he also spare not thee 22 Beholde therefore the bountifulnes and seueritie of God to warde them which haue fallen seueritie but towarde thee bountiful nes if thou continue in his bountifulnes or els thou shalt also be cut of 23 And thei also if thei abide not stil in vnbele fe shal be graffed in for God is able to graffe them in againe 24 For if thou wast cut out of the oliue tre which was wilde by nature and wast graffed contrary to nature in a right oliue tre how muche more shal they that are by nature be graffed in their owne oliue tre 25 For I wolde not brethren that ye shulde be ignorant of this secret lest ye shulde be arrogant in your selues that partely obstinacie is come to Israel vntil the fulnes of the Gentiles be come in 26 And so all Israel shal be saued as it is written * The deliuerer shal come out of Sion and shal turne away the vngodlines from 〈◊〉 27 And this is my couenant to them * When I shal take away their sinnes 28 As cōcerning the Gospel they are enemies for your sakes but as touching the election they are beloued for the fathers sakes 29 For the giftes and calling of GOD are without repentance 30 For euen as ye in time past haue not beleued God yet haue now obteined mercie through their vnbelefe 31 Euen so now haue they not beleued by the 〈◊〉 shewed vnto you that they also may obteine mercie 32 For God hathe shut vp all in vnbelefe that he might haue mercie on all 33 O the depnes of the riches bothe of the wisdome and knowledge of God! how vnsearcheable are his iudgemēts and his wayes past finding out 34 * For who hathe knowen the minde of the Lord or who was his counseller 35 Or who hathe giuen vnto him first and he shal be recompensed 36 For of him and through him and for him are all things to him be glorie for euer Amen CHAP. XII The conuersation loue and workes of suche as beleue in Christ 19 Not to seke reuengeance 1 I Beseche you therefore brethren by the mercies of God that ye giue vp your bodies a liuing sacrifice holie acceptable 〈◊〉 God which is your reasonable seruing of God 2 And facion not your selues like vnto this worlde but be ye changed by the renuing of your minde that ye may * proue what is the good wil of God and acceptale perfite 3 For I say through the grace that is giuen vnto me to euerie one that is among you that no man presume to vnderstand aboue that which is mete to vnderstand but that he vn derstād according to sobrietie as God hath dealt to euerie man the * measure of faith 4 For as we haue many members in one bodie and all members haue not one office 5 So we being many are one bodie in Christ euerie one one anothers members 6 * Seing then that we haue giftes that are diuers according to the grace that is giuē vnto vs whether we haue prophecie let vs pro phecie according to the proportiō of faith 7 Or an office let vs waite on the office or he that teacheth on teaching 8 Or he that exhorteth on exhortatiō he that distributeth let him do it * with simplicitie he that ruleth with diligence he that sheweth mercie with * cherefulnes 9 Let loue be without dissimulation * Abhorre that which is euil and cleaue vnto that which is good 10 * Be affectioned to loue one another with brotherlie loue In giuing honor go one before another 11 Not slouthful to do seruice feruent in spirit seruing the Lord 12 Reioycing in hope pacient in tribulation * continuing in prayer 13 * Distributing vnto the necessities of the Saintes * giuing your selues to hospitalitie 14 * Blesse them which persecute you blesse I say and curse not 15 Reioyce with them that reioyce and wepe with them that wepe 16 Be of like affection one towards another * be not hie minded but make your selues equal to them of the lower sorte be not wise in your selues 17 * Recompense to
writtē for our learning that we through pacience and comforte of the Scriptures might haue hope 5 Now the God of pacience and consolation giue you that ye be * like minded one towards another according to Christ Iesus 6 That ye with one minde and with one mouth may praise God euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ. 7 Wherefore receiue ye one another as Christ also receiued vs to the glorie of God 8 Now I say that Iesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the trueth of God to confirme the promises made vnto the Fathers 9 And let the Gentiles praise God for his mercie as it is written * For this cause I wil confesse thee among the Gentiles and sing vnto thy Name 10 And againe he saith * Reioyce ye Gentiles with his people 11 And againe * Praise the Lord all ye Gentiles and laude ye him all people together 12 And againe Esaias saith * There shal be a roote of lesse and he that shal rise to reigne ouer the Gentiles in him shal the Gentiles trust 13 Now the God of hope fil you with all ioye and peace in beleuing that ye may abunde in hope through the power of the holie Gost. 14 And I my self also am persuaded of you my brethren that ye also are ful of goodnes and filled with all knowledge and are able to admonish one another 15 Neuertheles brethren I haue somewhat boldly after a sort written vnto you as one that putteth you in remembrance through the grace that is giuen me of God 16 That I shulde be the minister of Iesus Christ towarde the Gentiles ministring the Gospel of God that the offring vp of the Gentiles might be acceptable being sanctified by the holie Gost. 17 I haue therefore whereof I may reioyce in Christ Iesus in those things which perteine to God 18 For I dare not speake of aniething which Christ hathe not wroght by me to make the Gentiles obedient in worde anddede 19 With the power of signes and wonders by the power of the Spirit of God so that from Ierusalem and rounde about vnto Illyricum I haue caused to abunde the Gospel of Christ. 20 Yea so I enforced myself to preache the Go spel not where CHRIST was named lest I shulde haue buylt on another mans fundation 21 But as it is written * To whome he was not spoken of they shal se him and they that heard not shal vnderstand him 22 Therefore also I haue bene * oft let to come vnto you 23 But now seing I haue no more place in these quarters and also haue*bene desirous manie yeres agone to come vnto you 24 When I shal take my iourney into Spaine I wil come to you for I trust to se you in my iorney and to be broght on my way thither warde by you after that I haue bene some what filled with your companie 25 But now go l to Ierusalem to minister vnto the Saintes 26 For it hathe pleased them of Macedonia and Achaia to make a certeine distribution vnto the poore Saintes which are at Ierusalem 27 For it hathe pleased them and their detters are they * for if the Gentiles be made partakers of their spiritual things their duetie is also to minister vnto them in carnal things 28 When I haue therefore performed this and haue scaled them this frute I wil passe by you into Spaine 29 * And I knowe when I come that I shal come to you with abundāce of the blessing of the Gospel of Christ. 30 Also brethren I beseche you for our Lord Iesus Christs sake and for the loue of the Spirit that ye* wolde striue with me by pray ers to God for me 31 That I may be deliuered from them which are disobedient in Iudea ād that my seruice which I haue to do at Ierusalem may be accepted of the Saintes 32 That I maye come vnto you with ioye by the will of GOD and may with you be refreshed 33 Thus the * God of peace be with you all Amen CHAP. XVI 1 After manie recommendations 17 He admonisheth them to beware false brethren and to be circumspect 20. He prayeth for them and giueth thankes to God 1 I Cōmende vnto you Phebe our sister which is a seruant of the Church of Cenchrea 2 That ye receiue her in the Lord as it be cometh Saintes and that ye assist her in what soeuer busines she nedeth of your aide for she hathe giuen hospitalie vnto manie and to me also 3 Grete * Priscilla and Aquila my fellow helpers in Christ Iesus 4 Which haue for my life laid downe their owne necke Vnto whome not I onely giue thankes but also all the Churches of the Gentiles 5 Like wise grete the Church that is in their house Salute my beloued Epenetus which is the first frutes of Achaiain Christ. 6 Grete Marie which bestowed muche labour on vs. 7 Salute Andronicus and Iunia my cousins and fellow prisoners which are notable among the Apostles and were in Christ before me 8 Grete Amplias my beloued in the Lord. 9 Salute Vrbanus our felowe helper in Christ and Stachys my beloued 10 Salute Apelles approued in Christ. Salute them which are of Aristobulus friends 11 Salute Herodion my kinsman Grete then which are of the friends of Narcissus which are in the Lord. 12 Salute Tryphena and Tryphosa which women labour in the Lord. Salute the belo ued Persis which woman hathe laboured muche in the Lord. 13 Salute Rufus chosen in the Lord and his mother and mine 14 Grete Asyncritus Phlegon Hermas Patrobas Mercurius and the brethren which are with them 15 Salute Philologus and Iulias Nereas and his sister and Olympas and all the Saintes which are with them 16 Salute one another with an * holie kisse The Churches of Christ salute you 17 ¶ Now I beseche you brethrē marke them diligently which cause diuision and offences contrarie to the doctrine which ye haue learned and*auoide them 18 For they that are suche serue not the Lord Iesus Christ but their owne bellies and with faire speache and flattering deceiue the hearts of the simple 19 For your obedience is come abrode amōg all I am glad therefore of you but yet I wold haue you wise vnto that which is good and simple concerning euil 20 The God of peace shal treade stan vnder your fete shortly The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you 21 * Timotheus my companion and Lucius and Iason and Sosipater my kinsmen salute you 22 I Tertius which wrote out this epistle salute you in the Lord. 23 * Gaius mine hoste of the whole Church saluteth you Erastus the chamberlaine of the citie saluteth you and Quartus a brother 24 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you all Amen 25 *
Gods iudgement 7 Beating downe their glorie which hindered them to praise that which they dis praised in him 16 He sheweth what he requireth on their parte and what they ought to loke for of him at his returne 1 LEt a man so thinke of vs as of the ministers of Christ ād disposers of the secrets of Cod. 2 And as for the rest it is required of the disposers that euerie man be founde faithful 3 * As touching me I passe verie litle to be iud ged of you or of mans iudgement no Iiudge not mine owue self 4 For I knowe nothing by my self yet am I not thereby iustified but he that iudgeth me is the Lord. 5 Therefore * iudge nothing before the time vntil the Lord come who wil lighten things that are hid in darkenes and make the counsels of the hearts manifest and then shal euerie man haue praise of God 6 Now these things brethren I haue figuratiuely applied vnto mine owne self and Apollos for your sakes that ye might learne by vs that no man presume aboue that which is written that one swel not against another for anie mans cause 7 For who separateth thee and what hast thou that thou hast not receiued if thou hast receiued it why reioycest thou as thogh thou hadest not receiued it 8 Now ye are ful now ye are made riche ye reigne as Kings without vs and wolde to God ye did reigne that we also might reigne with you 9 For I thinke that God hathe set forthe vs the laste Apostles as menappointed to death for we are made a gasing stocke vnto the worlde and to the Angels and to men 10 We are fooles for Christs sake and ye are wise in Christ we are weake and ye strong ye are honorable and we are despised 11 Vnto this houre we bothe honger thirst and are naked and are buffeted and haue no certeine dwelling place 12 * And labour working with our owne hāds we are reuiled and yet we blesse we are persecuted and suffer it 13 * We are euil spoken of and we pray we are made as the filthe of the worlde the of skowring of all things vnto this time 14 I write not rhese things to shame you but as my beloued children I admonish you 15 For thogh ye haue ten thousand instructours in Christ yet haue ye not manie fathers for in Christ Iesus I haue begotten you through the Gospel 16 Wherefore I pray you be ye followers of me 17 For this cause haue I sent vnto you Timotheus which is my beleued sonne and faithful in the Lord which shal put you in remem brance of my waies in Christ as I teache eue rie where in euerie Church 18 Some are puffed vp as thogh I wolde not come to you 19 But I wil come to you shortely * if the Lord wil and wil knowe not the speache of them which are puffed vp but the power 20 For the kingdome of God is not in word but in power 21 What wil ye shal I come vnto you with a rod or in loue and in the spirit of mekenes CHAP. V. 1 He reproueth sharpely their negligence in punishing him that had committed inceste 3 Willing them to excommunicate him 7 To embrace puritie 9 And flee wickednes 1 IT is heard certeinely that there is fornica tion among you and suche fornication as is not once named among the Gentils * that one shulde haue his fathers wife 2 And ye are puffed vp and haue not rather sorowed that he which hathe done this dede might be put from among you 3 * For I verely as absent in bodie but present in spirit haue determined already as thogh I were present that he that hathe thus done this thing 4 When ye are gathered together and my spirit in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ that suche one I say by the power of our Lord Iesus Christ 5 * Be deliuered vnto Satan for the destruction of the flesh that the spirit may be saued in the day of the Lord Iesus 6 Your reioycing is not good * know ye not that a litle leauen leaueneth the whole lumpe 7 Purge out therefore the olde leauen that ye may be a newe lumpe as ye are vnleauened for Christ our Passeouer 〈◊〉 sacrified for vs. 8 Therefore let vs kepe the feast not with olde leauen nether in the leauen of maliciousnes and wickednes but with the vnleauened bread of sinceritie and trueth 9 I wrote vnto you in an epistle * that ye shulde not companie together with fornicators 10 And not all together with the fornicators of this worlde or with the couetous or with extorcioners or with idolaters for then ye muste go out of the worlde 11 But now I haue written vnto you that ye companie not together if anie that is called a brother be a fornicator or couetous or an idolater or a railar or a drunkard or an extorcioner with suche one eat not 12 For what haue I to do to iudge them also which are without do ye not iudge thē that are within 13 But God iudgeth them that are without Put away therefore from among your selues that wicked man CHAP. VI. 1 He rebuketh them for going tolaw together before the Heathen 7 Christians ought rather to suffer 12 He reproueth the abusing of Christian libertie 15 And sheweth that we ought to serue God purely bothe in bodie and in soule 1 DAre anie of you hauing busines against another be iudged vnder the vniust and not vnder the Saintes 2 * Do ye not knowe that the Saintes shal iud ge the worlde If the worlde then shal be iud ged by you are ye vnworthie to iudge the smallest matters 3 Knowe ye not that we shal iudge the Angels how muche more things that perteine to this life 4 If then ye haue iudgements of things perteining to this life set vp them which are least estemed in the Church 5 I speake it to your shame Is it so that there is not a wise man among you no not one that can iudge betwene his brethren 6 But a brother goeth to lawe with a brother aud that vnder the infideles 7 Now therefore there is vtterly a faute amōg you because ye go to law one with another why rather suffer ye not wrong why rather susteine ye not harme 8 * Nay ye your selues do wrong do harme and that to your brethren 9 Knowe ye not that the vnrighteous shal not inherite the kingdome of God Be not deceiued * nether fornicatours nor idolaters nor adulterers nor wantons nor bouggerers 10 Nor theues nor couetous nor drunkards nor railers nor extorcioners shal inherite the kingdome of God 11 And suche were * some of
that he hathe no nede but hath pow er ouer his owne will and hathe so decreed in his heart that he will kepe his virgine he doeth wel 38 So thē he that giueth her to mariage doeth well but he that giueth her not to mariage doeth better 39 The wife is bounde by the law as long as her housband * liueth but if her housband be dead she is atlibertie to mary with whom she wil onely in the Lord. 40 But she is more blessed if she so abide in my iudgement * and I thinke that I haue also the Spirit of God CHAP. VIII He rebuketh them that vse their libertie to the sclander of other in goyng to the idolatrous sacrifices 9 And sheweth how men ought to behaue them towarde suche as be weake 1 ANd as touchyng thyngs sacrificed vnto idoles we knowe that we all haue knowledge knowledge puffeth vp but loue edifieth 2 Nowe if any man thinke that he knoweth any thynge he knoweth nothynge yet as he ought to knowe 3 But if any man loue God the same is knowen of him 4 Concernyng therefore meat sacrificed vnto idoles we knowe that an idoll is nothyng in the worlde and that there is none other God but one 5 For thogh there be that are called Gods whe ther in heauen or in earth as there be many gods and many Lords 6 Yet vnto vs there is but one God whiche is the Father of whome are all thyngs and we in hym and * one Lorde Iesus Christ by whome are all things and we by him 7 But euerie man hathe not knowledge for some hauing conscience of the idole vntill this houre eat as a thing sacrificed vnto the idole and so their conscience being weake is defiled 8 But meat maketh not vs acceptable to God for nether if we eat haue we the more nether if we eat not haue we the lesse 9 But take hede lest by any meanes this power of your be an occasion of fallyng to them that are weake 10 For if any man se thee whiche haste knowledge sit at table in the idoles temple shall not the conscience of hym which is weake be boldened to eat those thyngs whiche are sacrificed to idoles 11 And through thy knowledge shall the * weake brother perishe for whome Christ dyed 12 Now when ye sinne so against the brethren and wounde their weake conscience ye sinne against Christ. 13 * Wherefore if meat offende my brother I wil eat no fleshe while the worlde standeth that I may not offend my brother CHAP. IX He exhorteth them by his example to vse their libertie to the 〈◊〉 of other 24 To runne on forthe in the course that they haue begonne 1 AMI not an Apostle am I not fre haue I not sene Iesus Christ our Lord are ye not my worke in the Lord 2 If I be not an Apostle vnto other yet douteles I am vnto you for ye are the seale of mine Apostleship in the Lord. 3 My defense to thē that examine me is this 4 Haue we not power to eat and to drinke 5 Or haue we not power to lead about a wife beyng a sister as wel as the rest of the Apostles and as the brethren of the Lorde and Cephas 6 Or I onely and Barnabas haue not we power not to worke 7 Who goeth a warfarre anye tyme at hys owne cost who planteth a vineyarde and eateth not of the frute thereof or who fedeth a 〈◊〉 and eateth not of the milke of the flocke 8 Saye I these thyngs accordyng to man sayth not the Law the same also 9 For it is written in the Law of Moses * Thou shalte not mussell the mouth of the oxe that treadeth out the corne doeth GOD take care for oxen 10 Ether saith he it not all together for our sakes For our sakes no doute it is written that he whiche eareth shulde eare in hope and that he that thre sheth in hope shuld be par taker of his hope 11 * If we haue sowen vnto you spirituall things is it a greate thyng if we reape your carnal things 12 If others with you be partakers of thys power are not we rather neuertheles we haue not vsed thys power but suffre all things that we shulde not hinder the Gospel of Christ. 13 Do ye not knowe that they whiche minister about the * holie things eat of the things of the Temple and they whiche wait at the altar are partakers with the altar 14 So also hathe the Lorde ordeined that they whiche preache the Gospell shulde lyue of the Gospel 15 But I haue vsed none of these thyngs nether wrote I these thynges that it shulde be so done vnto me for it were better for me to dye then that anie man shulde make my re ioycing vaine 16 For thogh I preache the Gospel I haue nothing to reioyce of for necessitie is laid vpō me and wo is vnto me if I preache not the Gospel 17 For if I do it willingly I haue are warde but if I do it against my wil not withstanding the dispensation is committed vnto me 18 What is my rewarde then verely that when I preache the Gospel I make the Gospel of Christe fre that I abuse not mine autoritie in the Gospel 19 For thogh I be fre from all men yet haue I made my selfe seruaunt vnto all men that I might winne the mo 20 * And vnto the Iewes I become as a Iewe that I may winne the Iewes to them that are vnder the Lawe as thogh I were vnder the Lawe that I maye winne them that are vnder the Law 21 To them that are without lawe as thogh I were without lawe when I am not without Lawe as perteyning to God but am in the Law through Christ that I may winne them that are without Law 22 To the weake I become as weake that I may winne the weake I am made all things to all men that I myght by all meanes saue some 23 And thys I do for the Gospels sake that I might be partaker thereof with you 24 Knowe ye not that they whiche runne in a race runne all yet one receyueth the price so runne that ye may obteine 25 And euerie man that proueth masteries absteineth from althings and they do it to obteine a corruptible crowne but we for an vncorruptible 26 I therefore so runne not as vn certeinly so fight I not as one that beateth the ayre 27 But I beat downe my bodie and bring it into subiection lest by any meanes after that I haue preached to other I my self shulde be reproued CHAP. X. He feareth them with the examples of the Iowes that they put not their trust carnally in the graces of God 14 Exhortyng them to 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 23 And offence of their neighbour 1
this I praise you not 23 For I haue receiued of the Lord that which I also haue deliuered vnto you to wit That the Lord Iesus in the night that he was betrayed to ke bread 24 * And when he had giuen thākes he brake it and said Take eat this is my bodie which is broken for you this do ye in remembrāce of me 25 After the same maner also he toke the cup when he had supped saying This cup is the Newe testament in my blood this do as oft as ye drinke it in remembrance of me 26 For as often as ye shal eat this bread and drinke this cup ye shewe the Lords death til he come 27 Wherefore whosoeuer shal eat this bread and drinke the cup of the Lord vn worthely shal be giltie of the bodie blood of the Lord. 28 * Let a man therefore examine him self and so let him eat of this bread drinke of this cup. 29 For he that eateth and drinketh vnworthely eateth drinketh his owne damnatiō because he discerneth not the Lords bodie 30 For this cause many are weake and sicke among you and many slepe 31 For if we wolde iudge our selues we shulde not be iudged 32 But when we are iudged we are chastened of the Lord because we shulde not be condemned with the worlde 33 Wherefore my brethren when ye come together to eat tary one for another 34 And if any man be hungrie let him eat at home that ye come not together vnto condemnation Other things will I set in order when I come CHAP. XII The 〈◊〉 of the giftes of the holie Gost ought to be vsed to the edifying of Christs Church 12 As the mem bres of mans bodie serue to the vse one of another 1 NOw cōcerning spiritual giftes brethrē I wolde not haue you ignorant 2 Ye knowe that ye were Gentiles and were caryed away vnto the domme idoles as ye were led 3 Wherefore I declare vnto you that no man* speaking by the Spirit of God calleth Iesus * execrable also no man can say that Iesus is the Lord but by the holie Gost. 4 Now there are diuersities of giftes but the same Spirit 5 And there are diuersities of administrations but the same Lord. 6 And there are diuersities of operations but God is the same which worketh all in all 7 But the manifestation of the Spirit is giuen to euerie man to profit with all 8 For to one is giuen by the Spirit the worde of wisdome and to another the worde of knowledge by the same Spirit 9 And to another is giuen faith by the same Spirit and to another the giftes of healing by the same Spirit 10 And to another the operations of great workes and to another prophecie and to another the discerning of spirits and to another diuersities of tongues and to another the interpretation of tongues 11 * And all these things worketh euen the self same Spirit distributing to euerie man seuerally as he wil. 12 For as the bodie is one and hathe many mē bres all the membres of the bodie which is one thogh they be many yet are but one bodie euen so is Christ. 13 For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one bodie whether we be Iewes or Grecians whether we be bonde or fre and haue bene all made to drinke into one Spirit 14 For the bodie also is not one member but many 15 If the fote wolde say Because I am not the hand I am not of the bodie is it therefore not of the bodie 16 And if the eare wolde say Because I am not the eye I am not of the bodie is it therefore not of the bodie 17 If the whole bodie were an eye where were the hearing If the whole were hearing where were the smelling 18 But now hathe God disposed the membres euerie one of them in the bodie at his owne pleasure 19 For if they were all one member where were the bodie 20 But now are there manie members yet but one bodie 21 And the eye can not say vnto the hand I haue no nede of thee nor the head againe to the fete I haue no nede of you 22 Yea muche rather those membres of the bodie which seme to be more feble are necessarie 23 And vpon those membres of the bodie which we thinke moste vnhonest put we more honestie on and our vncomelie partes haue more comelines on 24 For our comelie partes nede it not but God hathe tempered the 〈◊〉 together hathe giuen the more honour to that parte which lacked 25 Left there shulde be anie diuision in the bodie but that the members shulde haue the same care one for another 26 Therefore if one member suffer all suffer with it if one member be had in honour all the membres reioyce with it 27 Now ye are the bodie of Christ and membres for your parte 28 * And God hathe ordeined some in the Church as first Apostles secondly Prophe tes thirdly teachers then them that do mira cles after that the giftes of healing helpers gouernours diuersitie of tonges 29 Are all Apostles are all Prophetes are all teachers 30 Are all doers of miracles haue all the giftes of healing do all speake with tongues do all interprete 31 But desire you the best gifts and I wil yet shewe you a more excellent way CHAP. XIII Because loue is the fountaine rule of edifying the Church he setteth forthe the nature office and praise thereof 1 THogh I speake with the tongues of men and Angels and haue not loue I am as sounding brasse or a tinkling cymbal 2 And thogh I had the gift of prophecie and knewe all secretes and all knowledge yea if had all faith so that I colde remoue * mountaines and had not loue I were nothing 3 And thogh I fede the poore with all my goods and thogh I giue my bodie that I be burned and haue not loue it profiteth me nothing 4 Loue suffreth long it is bountiful loue enuieth not loue doeth not boast it self it is not puffed vp 5 It disdaineth not it seketh not her owne things it is not prouoked to anger it thinketh not euil 6 It reioyceth not in iniquitie but reioyceth in the trueth 7 It Suffreth all things it beleueth all things it hopeth all things it endureth all things 8 Loue doeth neuer fall away thogh that pro phecyings be abolished or the tōgues cease or knowledge vanish away 9 For we knowe in parte and we prophecie in parte 10 But when that which is perfite is come then that which is in parte shal be abolished 11 When I was a childe I spake as a childe I vnderstode as a childe I thoght as a childe but when I became a mā I put
last of all he was sene also of me as of one borne out of due time 9 For I am the least of the Apostles which am not mete to be called an Apostle because I persecuted the Church of God 10 But by the grace of God I am that I am and his grace which is in me was not in vaine but I laboured more abundantly then they all yet not I but the grace of God whiche is with me 11 Wherefore whether it were I or they so we preache and so haue ye beleued 12 ¶ Now if it be preached that Christ is risen frō the dead how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead 13 For if there be no resurrection of the dead then is Christ not risen 14 And if Christ be not risen then is our preaching vaine and your faith is also vaine 15 And we are founde also false witnesses of God for we haue testified of God that he hathe raised vp Christ whome he hathe not raised vp if so be the dead be not raised 16 For if the dead be not raised then is Christ not raised 17 And if Christ be not raised your faith is vaine ye are yet in your sinnes 18 And so they whiche are a slepe in Christ are perished 19 If in this life onely we haue hope in Christ we are of all men the moste miserable 20 But nowe is Christe risen frome the dead and was made the first frutes of them that slepte 21 For since by man came death by man came also the resurrection of the dead 22 For as in Adam all dye euen so in Christe shal all be made aliue 23 But euerie man in his owne order the first frutes is christ afterwarde they that are of Christ at his comming shal rise againe 24 Then shal be the end when he hathe deliuered vp the kingdome to God euen the Father when he hath put downe all rule and all autoritie and power 25 For he must reigne till he hathe put all his enemies vnder his fete 26 The last enemie that shal be destroyed is death 27 For he hathe put downe all thynges vnder his fete And when he sayth that all thyngs are subiect to hym it is manifest that he is excepted whiche did put downe all things vnder hym 28 And when all things shal be subdued vnto him then shal the Sonne also him self be sub iect vnto him that did sub due all thyngs vnder him that God may be all in all 29 Els what shal they do which are baptized for dead if the dead rise not at all why are they then baptized for dead 30 Why are we also in ieoperdie euerie houre 31 By our reioycing whiche I haue in Christ Iesus our Lord I dye daily 32 If I haue foght with beasts at Ephesus after the maner of men what aduantageth it me if the dead be not raised vp let vs eat and drinke for tomorowe we shal dye 33 Be not deceiued euill speakings corrupt good maners 34 A wake to liue ryghteously and sinne not for some haue not the knowledge of God I speake this to your shame 35 But some man will saye Howe are the dead raised vp and wyth what bodye come they forthe 36 O foole that which thousowest is not quic kened except it dye 37 And that whiche thousowest thousowest not that bodie that shal be but bare corne as it faileth of wheat or of some other 38 But God giueth it a bodie at hys pleasure euen to euerie sede his owne bodie 39 All fleshe is not the same fleshe but there is one fleshe of men and another fleshe of beastes and another of fisshes and another of byrdes 40 There are also heauenlie bodies and earth lye bodyes but the glorye of the heauenlie is one and the glorie of the earthlye is another 41 There is another glorie of the sunue and another glorie of the moone and another glorie of the starres for one starre differeth from another starre in glorie 42 So also is the resurrection of the dead The bodie is sowen in corruption and is raised in incorruption 43 It is sowen in diwonour and is raised in glorie it is sowen in weakenes and is raised in power 44 It is sowen a natural bodie and is raised a spiritual bodie there is a natural bodie there is a spiritual bodie 45 As it is also written The first man * Adam was made a liuing soule and the last Adam was made a quickening Spirit 46 Howbeit that was not first made which is spiritual but that which is natural after warde that which is spiritual 47 The firstman is of the earth earthlie the secondeman is the Lord from heauen 48 As is the earthelie suche are they that are earthlie and as is the heauenlie suche are they also that are heauenlie 49 And as we haue borne the image of the earthlie so shal we beare the image of the heauenlie 50 This say I brethren that flesh blood can not inherit the kingdome of God nether doeth corruption inherit incorruption 51 Beholde I shewe you a secret thing We shal not all slepe but we shal all be changed 52 In a moment in the twinkling of an eye at the last * trumpet for the trumpet shal blowe and the dead shal be raised vp incorruptible and we shal be changed 53 For this corruptible must put on incorruption and this mortal must put on immortalitie 54 So when this corruptible hathe put on incorruption and this mortal hathe put on immortalitie then shal be broght to passe the saying that is written * Death is swalowed vp into victorie 55 * O death where is thy sting ô graue where is thy victorie 56 The sting of death is sinne and the strēgth of sinne is the Law 57 * But thankes be vnto God which hathe giuen vs victorie through our LORD Iesus Christ. 58 Therefore my beloued brethren be ye sted fast vnmoueable abundant alwayes in the worke of the Lord for asmuch as ye knowe that your labour is not in vaine in the Lord CHAP. XVI He putteth them in remembrance of the gathering for the poore brethren at Ierusalem 13 We must perseuere in faith in the loue of Christ our neighbour 15 After his commendations he wisheth to them all prosperitie 1 COncerning * the gathering for the Saintes as I haue ordeined in the Churches * of Galacia so do ye also 2 Euerie first day of the weke let euerie one of you put aside by him self and laye vp as God hathe prospered him that then there be no gatherings when I come 3 And when I am come whosoeuer ye shal alowe by letters them wil I send to
the testimonie of our conscience that in simplicitie and godlie purenes and not in fleshlie wisdome but by the grace of God we haue had our conuersation in the worlde and moste of all to you wardes 13 For we write none otherthings vnto you then that yeread or els that ye acknowledge and I trust ye shal acknowledge vnto the end 14 Euen as ye haue acknowledged vs partely that we are your reioycing euen as ye are ours in the day of our Lord Iesus 15 And in this confidence was I minded first to come vnto you that ye might haue had a double grace 16 And to passe by you into Macedonia and to come againe out of Macedonia vnto you and to be led forthe towarde Iudea of you 17 When I therefore was thus minded did I vse lightnes or minde I those things which I minde according to the flesh that with me shulde be Yea yea and Nay nay 18 Yea God is faithful that ourworde toward you was not Yea and Nay 19 For the Sonne of God Iesus Christ who was preacheh among you by vs that is by me and Siluanus and Timotheus was not Yea and Nay but in him it was Yea. 20 For all the promises of God in him are Yea and are in him Amen vnto the glorie of God through vs. 21 And it is God which stablisheth vs with you in Christ and hathe anointed vs. 22 Who hathe also sealed vs and hathe giuen the * earnest of the Spirit in our hearts 23 Now I call God for a recorde vnto my soule that to spare you I came not as yet vnto Corinthus 24 Not that we haue dominion ouer your faith but we are helpers of your ioye for by faith ye stande CHAP. II. He sheweth his loue towardes them 7 Requiring like wise that thei wolde be fauorable to the incestuous adulterer seing he did repent 14 He also reioyceth in God for the efficacie of his doctrine 17 Confuting thereby suche quarelpikers as vnder pretence of speaking against his persone soght nothing but the ouerthrowe of his doctrine 1 BVt I determined thus in my self that I wolde not come againe to you in heauines 2 For if I make you sorie who is he then that shulde make me glad but the same which is made sorie by me 3 And I wrote this same thing vnto you lest when I came I shulde take heauines of thē of whome I ought to reioyce this confidēce haue I in you all that my ioye is the ioye of you all 4 For in great affliction and anguish of heart I wrote vnto you with many teares not that ye shulde be made sorie but that ye might perceiue the loue which I haue specially vnto you 5 And if any hathe caused sorow the same hathe not made me sorie but partely lest I shulde more charge him you all 6 It is sufficient vnto the same man that he was rebuked of manie 7 So that now contrarie wise ye ought rather to forgiue him and comforte him lest the same shulde be swalowed vp with ouer muche heauines 8 Wherefore I praye you that you wolde con firme your loue towards him 9 For this cause also did I write that I might knowe the profe of you whether ye wolde be obedient in all things 10 To whome ye forgiue aniething I forgiue also for verely if I forgaue anie thing to whome I forgaue it for your sakes forgaue I it in the sight of Christ 11 Lest Satan shulde circumuent vs forwe are not ignorant of his enterprises 12 ¶ Furthermore when I came to Troas to preache Christs Gospel and a dore was ope ned vnto me of the Lord 13 I had no rest in my spirit because I founde not Titus my brother but toke my leaue of thē and went away into Macedonia 14 Now thankes be vnto God which alwayes maketh vs to triumph in Christ and maketh manifest the sauour of his knowledge by vs in euerie place 15 For we are vnto God the swete sauour of Christ in them that are saued and in them which perish 16 To the one we are the sauour of death vnto death and to the other the sauour of life vnto life * and who is sufficient for these things 17 * For we are not as manie which make marchandise of the worde of God but as of synceritie but as of God in the sight of God speake we in Christ. CHAP. III. 1 He taketh for example the faith of the Corinthians for a probation of the trueth which he preached 6 And to exalte his Apostleship against the bragges of the false apostles 7. 13 He maketh comparison betwixt the Law and the Gospel 1 DO we beginne to praise our selues againe or nede we as some other epistles of recommendation vnto yon or letters of recommendation from you 2 Ye are our epistle written in our hearts which is vnderstand and red of all men 3 In that ye are manifest to be the epistle of Christ ministred by vs and written not with yncke but with the Spirit of the liuing God not in tables of stone but in fleshlie tables of the heart 4 And suche trust haue we through Christ to God 5 Not that we are sufficient of our selues to thinke anie thing as of our selues but our sufficiencie is of God 6 Who also hathe made vs able ministers of the New testament not of the letter but of the Spirit for the letter killeth but the Spi rit giueth life 7 If then the ministration of death written with letters and ingrauen in stones was glorous so that the children of Israel colde not beholde the face of Moses for the glorie of his contenāce which glorie is done away 8 Ho shal not the ministration of the Spirit be more glorious 9 For if the ministerie of condēnation was glorious muche more doeth the ministratiō of righteousnes excede in glorie 10 For euen that which was glorified was not glorified in this point that is as touching the exceding glorie 11 For if that which shulde be abolished was glorious muche more shal that which remaineth be glorious 12 Seing then that we haue suche trust we vse great boldenes of speache 13 * And we are not as Moses which put a vaile vpon his face that the childrē of Israel shulde not looke vnto the end of that which shulde be abolished 14 Therefore their mindes are hardened for vntil this day remaineth the same couering vntak 〈◊〉 away in the reading of the Olde testament which vaile in Christ is put away 15 But euen vnto this day when Moses is red the vaile is layed ouer their hearts 16 Neuertheles when their heart shal be turned to the Lord the vaile shal be taken away 17 Now the Lord is the * Spirit and where the Spirit of
giue no occasion of offence in anie thing that our ministerie shulde not be re prehended 4 But in all things we approue our selues as * the ministers of God in muche patience in afflictions in necessities in distresses 5 In stripes in prisones in tumultes in labours 6 By watchinges by fastinges by puritie by knowledge by long suffering by kindnes by the holie Gost by loue vnfained 7 By the worde of trueth by the power of God by the armour of righteousnes on the right hand an on the lefte 8 By honour and dishonour by euill reporte and good reporte as deceiuers yet true 9 As vnknowen and yet knowen as dying and beholde we liue as chastened and yet not killed 10 As sorowing and yet alway reioycyng as poore and yet make manie riche as hauing nothing and yet possessing all thyngs 11 O corinthians our mouth is open vnto you our heart is made large 12 Ye are not kept straite in vs but ye are kept straite in your owne bowelles 13 Now for the same recompense I speake as to my children Be you also enlarged 14 Be not vnequally yoked with the infideles for what felowship hathe righteousnes with vnrighteousnes and what communion hathe light with darkenes 15 And what concorde hathe Christ with Belial or what parte hathe the beleuer with the infidel 16 And what agrement hathe the Temple of God with idoles * for ye are the Temple of the liuyng God as God hathe said * I will dwell among them and walke there and I will be their God and they shal be my people 17 * Wherefore come out from among them and separate yourselues saith the Lord and touche none vncleane thing and I will receiue you 18 * And I wil be a Father vnto you ye shal be my sonnes and daughters saith the Lord almightie CHAP. VII 1 He exhorteth them by the promise of God to kepe them selues pure 37 Assuring thē of his loue 8. 13 And doeth not excuse his 〈◊〉 toward their but 〈◊〉 therat considering what profite came thereby 10 Of two sortes of sorow 1 SEing then we haue these promises dearely beloued let vs clense our selues from all filthines of the flesh and Spirit and growe vp vnto ful holines in the feare of God 2 Receiue vs we haue done wrong to no man we haue consumed no man we haue defrauded no man 3 I speake it not to your condemnacion for I haue said before that ye are in our hearts to dye and liue together 4 I vse great boldenes of speach towarde you I reioyce greatly in you I am filled with comfort and am exceadyng ioyous in all our tribulacion 5 For when we were come into Macedonia our flesh had no reste but we were troubled on euerie side fightings without and terrours within 6 But God that comforteth the abiect comforted vs at the comming of Titus 7 And not by his comming onely but also by the consolacion where with he was comforted of you whēhetolde vs your great desire your mourning your feruent minde to me warde so that I reioyced muche more 8 For thogh I made you sorie with a letter I re pent not thogh I did repent for I perceiue that the same epistle made you sorie thogh it were but for a season 9 I now reioyce notthat ye were sorie but that ye sorowed to repentance for ye sorowed godly so that in nothing ye were hurt by vs. 10 * For godlie sorowe causeth repentance vnto saluacion not to be repented of but the worldlie sorowe causeth death 11 For beholde this thing that ye haue bene godly sorie what great care it hath wroght in you yea what clearing of your selues yea what indignacion yea what feare yea how great disire yea what a zeale yea what punishment in all things ye haue shewed your selues that ye are pure in this matter 12 Wherefore thogh I wrote vnto you I did not it for his cause that had done the wrong nether for his cause that had the iniurie but that our care toward you in the sight of God might appeare vnto you 13 Therefore we were comforted because ye were comforted but rather we reioyced muche more for the ioy of Titus because his spirit was refreshed by you all 14 For if that I haue boasted anie thing to him of you I haue not 〈◊〉 ashamed but as I haue spoken vnto you all things in trueth enē so our boasting vnto Titus was true 15 And his in warde affection is more abundant towarde you when he remembreth the obedience of you all and how with feare and trembling ye receiued him 16 I reioyce therefore that I may put my cōfidence in you in all things CHAP. VIII 1 By the example of the 〈◊〉 9 And Christ he exhorteth them to continue in relieuing the poore Saintes commending their good beginning 23 After he cōmendeth Titus and his felowes vnto them 1 WE do you also to wit brethren of the grace of God bestowed vpōthe Chur ches of Macedonia 2 Because in great tryal of affliction their ioye abunded and their moste extreme pouertie abunded vnto their riche liberalitie 3 For to their power I beare recorde yea beyonde their power they were willing 4 And prayed vs with great instance that we wold receiue the grace and felowship * of the ministring which is towarde the Saintes 5 And this they did not as we loked for but gaue their owne selues first to the Lord and after vnto vs 〈◊〉 the wil of God 6 That we shulde exhorte Titus that as he had begonne so he wolde also accomplish the same grace among you also 7 Therefore as ye abunde in euerie thing in faith and worde and knowledge and in all diligence and in your loue towards vs euen so se that ye abunde in this grace also 8 This say I not by commandement but because of the diligence of others therefore proue I the naturalnes of your loue 9 For 〈◊〉 knowe the grace of our Lorde Iesus Christ that he being riche for your sakes became poore that ye through his pouertie might be made riche 10 And I shewe my minde herein for this is expedient for you which haue begonne not to do onely but also to wil a yere ago 11 Now therefore performe to do it also that as there was a readines to wil euen so ye maye performe it of that which ye haue 12 For if there be first a willing minde it is accepted according to that a man hathe and not according to that he hathe not 13 Nether is it that other men shulde be eased and you grieued 14 But vpon like condicion at this time your abundance supplieth their lacke that also their abundance may be for your lacke that there may be equalitie 15 As it is wiritten *
minister by the gifte of the grace of God giuen vnto me* through the working of his power 8 * Euen vnto me the least of all Saintes is this grace giuen that I shulde preache among the * Gentiles the vnsearcheable riches of Christ 9 And to make cleare vnto all men what the felowship of the * mysterie is which frō the beginning of the worlde hathe bene hid in God who hathe created all things by Iesus Christ 10 To the intēt that now vnto principalities and powers in heauenlie places might be knowen by the Church the manifolde wisdome of God 11 According to the eternal purpose which he wroght in Christ Iesus our Lord. 12 By whome we haue boldnes and entrance with confidence by faith in him 13 Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for your sakes which is your glorie 14 For this cause I bowe my knees vnto the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ 15 Of whome is named the whole familie in heauen and in earth 16 That he might grante you according to the riches of his glorie that ye may be strengthned by his Spirit in the inner man 17 That Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith that ye being rooted and grounded in loue 18 May be able to comprehend with all Saintes what is the breadth length depth and height 19 And to knowe the loue of Christ which pas seth knowledge that ye may be filled with all fulnes of God 20 * Vnto him therefore that is able to do exceading abundantly aboue all that we aske or thinke according to the power that wor keth in vs 21 Be praise in the Church by Christ Iesus throughout all generations for euer Amen CHAP. IIII. He exhorteth themvnto mekenes long suffering vnto loue and peace 3 Euerie one to serue and edifie another with the gift that God hathe giuen him 14 To beware of strange doctrine 22 To lay aside the olde conuersation of griedie lustes and to walke in a newe life 1 I * Therefore being prisoner in the Lord praye you that ye walke worthie of the vo cation whereunto ye are called 2 With all humblenes of minde and mekenes with long suffring supporting one another through loue 3 Endeuoring to kepe the vnitie of the Spirit in the bonde of peace 4 There is one bodie and one Spirit euen as ye are called in one hope of your vocation 5 There is one Lord one Faith one Baptisme 6 * One God and Father of all which is aboue all and through al in you all 7 * But vnto euerie one of vs is giuen grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. 8 Wherefore he saith * When he ascended vp on hie he led captiuitie captiue and gaue giftes vnto men 9 Now in that he ascended what is it but that he had also descēded first into the louest partes of the earth 10 He that descended is euen the same that ascended farre aboue all heauens that he might fill all things 11 * He therefore gaue some to be Apostles and some Prophetes and some Euangelistes and some Pastours and Teachers 12 For the gathering together of the Saintes for the worke of the ministerie and for the edification of the bodie of Christ. 13 Till we all mete together in the vnitie of faith and knowledge of the Sonne of God vnto a perfite man and vnto the measure of the age of the fulnes of Christ. 14 That we hence forthe be no more children waueringe and caryed about with euerie winde of doctrine by the deceit of men and with craftines wherby the laye in waite to deceiue 15 But let vs followe the trueth in loue and in all things growe vp into him whiche is the head that is Christ. 16 By whome all the bodie being coupled and knit together by euerie ioynt for the furniture thereof according to the effectuall power whiche is in the measure of euerie parte receiueth increase of the bodie vnto the edifying of it self in loue 17 This I say therefore and testifie in the Lord that ye henceforthe walke not as * other Gentiles walke in vanitie of their minde 18 Hauing their cogitation darkened being strangers from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them because of the hardenes of their heart 19 Which being past * feling haue giuen thē selues vnto 〈◊〉 to worke all vnclennes euen with griedines 20 But ye haue not so learned Christ. 21 If so be ye haue heard him and haue bene taught by him as the trueth is in Iesus 22 That is * that ye cast of concernyng the conuersatiō in time past the olde man whiche is corrupt through deceiueable lustes 23 And be renewed in the spirit of your minde 24 * And put on the new man whiche after God is created in righteousnes and true holines 25 * Wherefore cast of lying and speake euerie man trueth vnto his neighbour for we are members one of another 26 * Be angry but sinne not let not the sunne go downe vpon you wrath 27 * Nether giue place to the deuil 28 Let hym that stole steale no more but let him rather labour and worke with hys hāds the thing which is good that he may haue to giue vnto him that nedeth 29 * Let no corrupt communication procede out of your mouth but that whiche is good to the vse of edifying that it may minister grace vnto the hearers 30 And grieue not the holie Spirit of God by whome ye are sealed vnto the day of redēption 31 Let all bitternes and angre and wrath crying and euil speaking be put away from you with all maliciousnes 32 * Be ye courteous one to another and tender hearted forgiuing one another euen as God for Christs sake forgaue you CHAP. V. 2 He exhorteth them vnto loue 3 Warneth them to beware of vnclennes couetousnes foolish talking and false doctrine 17 To be circumspecte 18 To auoide dronkennes 19 To reioyce and to be thākefull towarde God 21 To submit them selues one to another 22 He entrea teth of corporall mariage and of the spirituall betwixt Christ and his Churche 1 BE ye therefore followers of God as dere children 2 * And walke in loue euen as Christe hathe loued vs and hathe giuen himself for vs to be an offring and a sacrifice of a swete smel ling sauour to God 3 * But fornication and all vnclennes or coueto usnes let it not be once named among you as it becometh Saintes 4 Nether filthines nether foolish talking nether iesting which are thing not comelie but rather giuing of thankes 5 For this ye knowe that no whoremonger nether vncleane persone nor
couetous persone which is an idolater hathe any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ of God 6 * Let no man deceiue you with vaine wordes for suche things commeth the wrath of God vpon the children of disobedience 7 Be not therefore companions with them 8 For ye were once darkenes but are now light in the Lord walke as childrē of light 9 For the frute of the Spirite is in all goodnes and righteousnes and trueth 10 Approuyng that whiche is pleasing to the Lord. 11 And haue no fellowship with the vnfruteful workes of darkenes but euen reproue thē rather 12 For it is shame euen to speake of the things whiche are done of them in secret 13 But all thinges when they are reproued of the light are manifest for it is light that ma keth all things manifest 14 Wherefore he saith A wake thou that slepest and stand vp from the dead and Christe shall giue thee light 15 Take hede therefore that ye walke circumspectly not as fooles but as * wise 16 Redemyng the time for the dayes are euil 17 * Wherefore be ye not vnwyse but vnderstand what the will of the Lord is 18 And be not drunke with wine wherein is excesse but be fulfilled with the Spirit 19 Speaking vnto your selues in psalmes and hymnes and spiritual songs singing and making melodie to the Lord in your hearts 20 Giuing thankes 〈◊〉 for all things vnto God euen the Father in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ. 21 Submitting yourselues one to another in the feare of God 22 ¶ * Wiues submit yourselues vnto your housbands as vnto the Lord. 23 * For the housband is the wiues head euen as Christ is the head of the Church and the same is the sauiour of his bodie 24 Therefore as the Churche is in subiection to Christ euen so let the wiues be to their housbands in euerie thing 25 ¶ * Housbands loue your wiues euen as Christ loued the Churche and gaue him self for it 26 That he might sanctifie it and clense it by the washing of water through the worde 27 That he might make it vnto himself a glorious Church not hauing spot or wrincle or anie suche thing but that it shulde be holie and without blame 28 So ought men to loue their wiues as their owne bodies he that loueth his wife loueth him self 29 For no man euer yet hated his owne flesh but nourisheth and cherisheth it euen as the Lord doeth the Church 30 For we are members of his bodie of his flesh and of his bones 31 * For this cause shal a man leaue father and mother and shal cleaue to his wife and they twaine shal be one flesh 32 This is a great secret but I speake concerning Christ and concerning the Churche 33 Therefore euerie one of you do ye so let euerie one loue his wife euen as him self let the wife se that she feare her housbād CHAP. VI. 1 How children shulde behaue themselues towarde their fathers and mothers 4 Likewise parents towarde their children 5 Seruants towarde their masters 9 Masters towarde their seruants 13 An exhortation to the spiritual battel and what weapōs the Christians shulde fight with all 1 CHildren * obey your parents in the Lord for this is right 2 * Honour thy father and mother whiche is the first commandement with promes 3 That it may be wel with thee and that thou maist liue long on earth 4 And ye fathers prouoke not your children to wrath but bring them vp in instruction and information of the Lord. 5 * Seruants be obedient vnto them that are your masters according to the flesh with feare trēbling in singlenes of your hearts as vnto Christ. 6 Not with seruice to the eye as men pleasers but as the seruants of Christ doyng the will of God from the heart 7 With good will seruing the Lord and not men 8 And know ye that whatsoeuer good thing any man doeth that same shall he receiue of the Lord whether he be bonde or fre 9 And ye masters do the same things vnto thē putting away threatning and knowe that euen your maister also is in heauen nether * respect of persone with hym 10 ¶ Finally my brethrē be strong in the Lord is there and in the power of his might 11 Put on the whole armour of God that ye may be able to stand against the assauts of the deuil 12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood but against * principalities against powers 〈◊〉 against the wordlie gouernours the princes of the darkenes of this worlde against spiritual wickednesses whiche are in the hie places 13 For this cause take vnto you the whole armour of God that ye may be able to resist in the euil daye hauing finished al things stand fast 14 Stand therefore your loines girde about with veritie and hauing on the brest plate of righteousnes 15 And your fete shod with the preparation of the Gospel of peace 16 Aboue al take the shielde of faith wherewith ye may quenche all the fyrie dartes of the wicked 17 * And take the helmet of saluation and the sworde of the Spirit which is the worde of God 18 And pray alwaise with all maner prayer and supplication in the Spirit and * watch thereunto with al perseuerance and supplication for all Saintes 19 * And for me that vtterance may be giuen vnto me that I may open my mouth boldly to publish the secret of the Gospel 20 Whereof I am the ambassadour in bondes that therin I may speake boldely as I ought to speake 21 ¶ But that ye may also knowe mine affaires and what I do 〈◊〉 chicus my deare brother and faithfull minister in the Lorde shall shewe you of all things 22 Whome I haue sent vnto you for the same purpose that ye might knowe mine affaires and that ye might comfort your hearts 23 Peace be with the brethren and loue with faith from God the Father and frome the Lord Iesus Christ. 24 Grace be with all them whiche loue our Lord Iesus Christe to their immortalitie Amen Written from Rome vnto the Ephesians and sent by Tychicus THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Philippians THE ARGVMENT PAul being warned by the holie Gost to go to Macedonia planted first a Churche at Philippi a citie of thesame coun trey but 〈◊〉 his charge was to preache the Gospel vniuersally to all the Gentiles he trauailed from place to place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he was taken prisoner at Rome whereof the Philippians being 〈◊〉 sent their minister 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 vnto him who declaring him the state of the Churche caused him to write this Epistle wherein he 〈◊〉
instructed bothe to be ful and to be hongrie and to abunde and to haue want 13 I am able to do all things through the helpe of Christ which strengtheneth me 14 Notwithstanding ye haue wel done that ye did communicate to mine affliction 15 And ye Philippians knowe also that in the beginning of the Gospel when I departed from Macedonia no Church communicated with me concerning the matter of giuing and receiuing but ye onely 16 For euen when I was in Thessalonica ye sent once and afterwarde againe for my necessitie 17 Not that I desire a gift but I desire the frute which may further your reckening 18 Nowe I haue receiued all and haue plentie I was euen filled after that I had receiued of Epaphroditus that which came from you an odour that smelleth swete a sacrifice acceptable and pleasant to God 19 And my God shall fulfil all your necessities through his riches with glorie in 〈◊〉 Christ 20 Vnto God euen our Father be praise for euermore Amen 21 Salute all the Saintes in Christ Iesus The brethren which are with me grete you 22 All the Saintes salute you and moste of all they which are of Cesars housholde 23 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you all Amen Written to the Philippians from Rome and sent by Epaphroditus THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Collossians THE ARGVMENT IN this Epistle S. Paul putteth difference betwene the liuelie effectual true Christ and the fained 〈◊〉 and imagined Christ whome the false Apostles taught And first he confirmeth the doctrine whiche Epaphras had preached wishing them increase of faith to esteme the excellencie of Gods benefite towarde them teachyng them also that saluacion and whatsoeuer good thing can be desired standeth onely in Christ whome onely we embrace by the Gospell But for asmuche as the false brethren wolde haue mixed the Lawe with the Gospel he toucheth those flatterers vehemently and exhorteth the Collossians to staye onely on Christ without whome all things are but mere vanitie And as for Circumcision abstinence from meates externall holines worshiping of Angels as meanes whereby to come to Christ he vtterly condemneth shewing what was the office and nature of ceremonies whiche by Christ are abrogate so that now the exercises of the Christians stande in mortification of the flesh new 〈◊〉 of life with other lyke offices apperteyning bothe generally and particularly to all the faithful CHAP. I. 3 He giueth thankes vnto God for their faith 〈◊〉 Confirmeth the doctrine of Epaphras 9 Prayeth for the increase of their faith 13 He sheweth vnto them the true Christ and discouereth the contrefait Christ of the false Apostles 25 He approueth his autoritie and charge 28 And of his faithful executing of the same 1 PAVL an Apostle of IESVS Christ by the wil of God and Timotheus our brother 2 To thē which are at Coloce Saintes faithful bretherē in Christe Grace be with you and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 3 We giue thankes to God euen the Father of our Lorde Iesus Christ alwayes praying for you 4 Since we heard of your faith in Christ Iesus and of your loue towarde all Saintes 5 For the hopes sake whyche is layd vp for you in heauen whereof ye haue hearde before by the worde of trueth which is the Gospel 6 Which is come vnto you euen as it is vnto all the worlde and is fruteful as it is also among you from the daye that ye heard and truely knewe the grace of God 7 As ye also learned of Epaphras our deare felowe seruaunt whiche is for you a faithfull minister of Christ. 8 Who hathe also declared vnto vs your loue which ye haue by the Spirit 9 For thys cause we also sinne the daye we heard of it cease not to praye for you and to desire that ye myght be fulfilled wyth knowledge of his will in all wisdome and spiritual vnderstanding 10 * That ye might walke worthie of the Lord and please him in all things beyng * frutefull in all good workes and increasing in the knowledge of God 11 Strengthned with all might through his glo rious power vnto all pacience and long suffring with ioyfulnes 12 Gyuing thankes vnto the Father whiche hathe made vs mete to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saintes in light 13 Who hathe deliuered vs from the power of darkenes and hathe translated vs into the kingdome * of his deare Sonne 14 In whom we haue redemption through his bloode that is the forgiuenes of sinnes 15 Who is the * image of the inuisible God the first borne of euerie creature 16 * For by him were all things created which are in heauen and which are in earth things visible and inuisible whether they be Thro nes or Dominions or Principalities or Pow ers all thynges were created by hym and for hym 17 And he is before all thynges and in hym all things consist 18 And he is the head of the bodie of the Chur che he is the beginning * ād the first borne of the dead that in all things he might haue the preeminence 19 * For it pleased the Father that in hym shulde all fulnes dwell 20 And by him to reconcile all thynges vnto hymselfe and to set at peace through the blood of his crosse both the things in earth and the things in heauen 21 And you whiche were in times past strangers and enemyes because your mindes were set in euil workes hathe he now also reconciled 22 In the bodie of his flesh through death to make you * holie ād vnblameable and without faute in his sight 23 * If ye continue grounded and stablished in the fayth and be not moued awaye from the hope of the Gospell whereof ye haue heard and whiche hathe bene preached to euerie creature which is vnder heauē wherof I Paul am a minister 24 Nowe 〈◊〉 I in my suffrings for you and fulfil the rest of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for his bodies sake which is the Church 25 Whereof I am a minister accordynge to the dispensation of GOD whiche is giuen me vnto you warde to fulfill the worde of God 26 * Whiche is the mysterie hyd since the worlde began and from all ages but now is made manifest to his Saintes 27 To whome GOD wolde make knowen what is the riches of this glorious mysterie among the Gentiles which riches is Christ in you * the hope of glorie 28 Whome we preache admonishyng euerie man and teaching euerie man in al wisdome that we may present euerie man perfecte in Christ Iesus 29 Whereunto I also labour and striue accordyng to his working which worketh in me myghtly CHAP. II. 1 Hauing protected his good wil towarde them 4 He admonisheth them not to
turne backe from Christ. 8 To the seruice of Angels or anie other inuention or els ceremonies of the Law 17 which haue finished their office and are ended in Christ. 1 FOr I wolde ye knowe what greate fighting I haue for your sakes and for them of Lao dicea and for as manie as haue not sene my persone in the flesh 2 That their hearts myght be comforted and they knit together in loue and in all ryches of the full assurance of vnderstandynge to knowe the mysterie of God euen the Father and of christ 3 In whom are hid al the treasures of wisdome and knowledge 4 And this I saye lest anie man shulde beguile you with entising workes 5 * For thogh I be absent in the flesh yet am I with you in the spirite reioycing and beholding your ordre and your stedfast fayth in Christ. 6 As ye haue therefore receiued Christ Iesus the Lord so walke in him 7 Roted and buylt in him and stablished in the fayth as ye haue * bene taught abundynge therein with thankes giuing 8 Beware lest there be anye man that spoile you through philosophie and vayne deceit through the traditions of men accordyng to the rudiments of the worlde and not after Christ. 9 * For in hym dwelleth all the fulnes of the Godhead bodely 10 And ye are compleate in him whiche is the head of all Principalitie and Power 11 In whome also ye are 〈◊〉 with * cir cumcision made without hands by puttyng of the sinful bodie of the fleshe through the circumcision of Christ. 12 In that ye are * buryed wyth hym through Baptisme in whome ye are also raysed vp together through * the fayth of the operation of God whiche raised hym from the dead 13 * And ye whiche were dead in sinnes and in the vncircumcision of your flesh hathe he quickened together with hym forgiuing you all your trespaces 14 And putting out the * hande writing of ordinances that was againste vs whiche was cōtrarie to vs he euē toke it out of the way and fastened it vpon the crosse 15 And hathe spoiled the Principalities and Powers and hathe made a shewe of them openly and hathe triumphed ouer them in the same crosse 16 Let no man therefore condemne you in meat and drynke or in respect of an holye daye or of the newe moone or of the Sabbath dayes 17 Whiche are but a shaddowe of thyngs to come but the bodie is in Christ 18 * Let no man at his pleasure beare rule ouer you by humblenes of minde and worshiping of Angels aduancing him self those things whiche he neuer sawe rashly put vp with his fleshlie minde 19 And holdeth not the head whereof all the bodie furnished ād knit together by iointes and bandes encreaseth with the increasing of God 20 Wherfore if ye be dead with Christ from the ordinances of the worlde why as thogh ye liued in the worlde are ye burdened with traditions 21 As Touche not Taste not Handel not 22 Which al perish with the vsing and are after the commandements and doctrines of men 23 Which things haue in deed a shewe of wisdome in n voluntarie religion ād humblenes of minde and in not sparyng the bodie nether haue they it anie estimation to satisfie the flesh CHAP. III. 1 He sheweth where we shulde 〈◊〉 Christ. 5 He exhorteth to mortification 10 To put of the old man and to put on Christ. 12 To the which he addeth exhortation bothe general and particular to charitie and humilitie 1 IFye then be risen with Christ seke those things which are aboue where Christ sitteth at the right hand of God 2 Set your affections on thinges whiche are aboue and not on thinges whiche are on the earth 3 For ye are dead and your lyfe is hid with Christ in God 4 When Christ which is our lif shal appeare then shall ye also appeare wyth hym in glorie 5 * Mortifie therefore your members which are on the earth fornication vnclennes the in ordinate affection euill concupiscence couetousnes which is idolatrie 6 For the whiche thinges sakes the wrath of God cometh on the childrē of disobediēce 7 Wherein ye also walked once whē ye liued in them 8 * But now put ye away euen all these things wrath angre maliciousnes cursed speaking filthie speaking out of your mouth 9 Lie not one to another seynge that ye haue put of the olde man with his workes 10 And haue put on the newe whiche is renewed in knowledge * after the image of him that created him 11 Where is nether Grecian nor Iewe circumcision nor vncircumcision Barbarian Scythian bonde fre but Christ is all and in all things 12 * Now therefore as the elect of God holye beloued put on tender mercie kindnes humblenes of mind mekenes long suffring 13 For bearing one another and forgiuing one another if anie mā haue a quarel to another 〈◊〉 as Christ forgaue you euen so do ye 14 And aboue all these thinges put on loue which is the bonde of perfectnes 15 And let the peace of GOD rule in your heartes to the whiche ye are called in one bodie and be ye amiable 16 Let the worde of Christ dwell in you plenteously in all wisdome teaching and admonishing your owne selues in psalmes and hymnes and spirituall songs singing with a * grace in your hearts to the Lord. 17 * And whatsoeuer ye shall do in worde or dede do all in the Name of the Lord Iesus giuing thankes to God euen the Father by him 18 ¶ * Wiues submite your selues vnto your housbands as it is comelie in the Lord. 19 * Housbands loue your wiues and be not bitter vnto them 20 ¶ * Childrē obey your parēts in all things for that is well pleasing vnto the Lord. 21 Fathers prouoke not your childrē to anger lest they be discouraged 22 ¶ * Seruants be obedient vnto them that are your masters accordyng to the fleshe in all things not with eye seruice as men pleasers but in singlenes of heart fearing God 23 And whatsoeuer ye do do it heartely as to the Lord and not vnto men 24 Knowing that of the Lorde ye shall receyue the rewarde of the inheritance for ye serue the Lord Christ. 25 But he that doeth wrong shall receiue for the wrong that he hathe done and there is no * respect of persones CHAP. IIII. 2 He exhorteth them to be feruent 〈◊〉 prayer 5 To walke wiselye towarde them that are not yet come to the true knowledge of Christ He saluteth them and wisheth thē all prosperitie 1 YEmasters do vnto your seruauntes that which is iuste and equal knowing that ye also haue a master in
and loue and of the hope of saluation for an helmet 9 For God hathe not appointed vs vnto wrath but to obteine saluation by the meanes of our Lord Iesus Christ. 10 Which dyed for vs that whether we wake or slepe we shulde liue together with him 11 Wherefore exhorte one another and edifie one another 12 Now we beseche you brethren that ye knowe them which labour among you and are ouer you in the Lord admonish you 13 That ye haue them in singular loue for their workes sake Be at peace among your selues 14 We desire you bethren admonish them that are vnrulie comforte the feble minded beare with the weake by pacient towarde all men 15 * Se that none recompense euil for euil vnto any man but euer followe that which is good bothe towarde your selues and towarde all men 16 Reioyce euermore 17 * Pray continually 18 In all things giue thankes for this is the wil of God in Christ Iesus to warde you 19 Quench not the Spirit 20 Despise not prophecying 21 Trye 〈◊〉 things and kepe that which is good 22 Abstaine from all appearance of euil 23 Now the verie God* of peace sanctifie you throughout and I pray God that your whole spirit and soule bodie may be kept blameles vnto the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ. 24 * Faithful is he which calleth you which wil also do it 25 Brethren pray for vs. 26 Grete 〈◊〉 the brethren with and holie kisse 27 I chargey 〈◊〉 the Lord that this epistle be red vnto all the brethren the Saintes 28 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you Amen The first epistle vnto de Thessalonians written from Athens THE SECONDE EPISTLE to the Thessalonians THE ARGVMENT LEst the Thessalonians shulde thinke that Paul neglected them because he went to other places rather then came to them 〈◊〉 writteth vnto them and exhorteth thē to pacience and other frutes of faith nether to be moued with that vaine opinion of suche as taught that the comming of Christ was at hand for asmuch as before that day there shulde 〈◊〉 a fallyng away from true religion euen by a great parte of the worlde and that Antichrist shulde reigne in the Temple of God finally commending him self to their prayers and encouraging them to constancie he will eth them to correct suche sharpely is liue idelly of other mens labours whome if they do not obey his 〈◊〉 he cōmādeth to excōmunicate CHAP. I. 3 He thanketh God for their faith loue and pacience 11 He praieth for the encrease of the same 12 And sheweth what frute shal come thereof 1 PAVL and Siluanus and Timotheus vnto the Churche of the Thessalonians whiche is in GOD our Father ād in the Lord Iesus Christ. 2 Grace be with you and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 3 * We ought to thanke God alwayes for you brethrē as it is mete because that your faith groweth excedingly and the loue of euerie one of you towarde another abundeth 4 So that we our selues reioyce of you in the Churches of God because of your paciēce and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations that ye suffre 5 * Whiche is a token of the righteous iud gemēt of God that ye may be counted worthie of the kingdome of God for the which ye also suffre 6 For it is a righteous thyng with God to recōpense tribulation to thē that trouble you 7 And to you which are troubled rest with vs * when the Lord Iesus shall shewe him selfe from heauen with his mightie Angels 8 In flamyng fyre rendryng vengeance vnto them that do not knowe God and whiche obey not vnto the Gospel of our Lord Iesus Christ. 9 Which shal be punished with euerlastyng perdition from the presence of the Lorde and from the glorie of his power 10 When he shall come to be glorified in hys Saintes and to be made marueilous in al thē that beleue because our testimonie toward you was beleued in that day 11 Wherefore we also praye alwayes for you that our God may make you worthie of his callyng and fulfill all the good pleasure of his goodnes and the worke of faith with power 12 That the Name of our Lorde Iesus Christe may be glorified in you and ye in him according to the grace of our God and of the Lord Iesus Christ. CHAP. II. 3 He sheweth them that the day of the Lord shal not come till the departyng from the faith come first 9 And the kingdome of Antichrist 15 And therefore he exhorteth thē not to be deceiued but to stand stedfast inthe things that he hathe taught them 1 NOw we beseche you brethren by the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ and by our assembling vnto him 2 That ye be not suddenly moued from your minde nortroubled nether by spirit nor by worde nor by letter as it were from vs as thogh the daye of Christ were at hand 3 * Let no man deceiue you by any meanes for that day shal not come except there come a departing first and that that man of sinne be disclosed euen the sonne of perdition 4 Which is an aduersarie and exalted him self against all that is called God or that is worshipped so that he doeth sit as God in the Temple of God shewing himself that he is God 5 Remember ye not that when I was yet with you I tolde you these things 6 And now ye knowe what with holdeth that he might be reueiled in his time 7 For the mysterie of iniquitie doeth alreadie worke onely he which now with holdeth shal let til he be taken out of the waye 8 And then shal the wicked man be reueiled * whome the Lord shal consume with the Spirit of his mouth and shal abolish with the brightnes of his comming 9 Euen him whose comming is by the wor king of Satan with all power and signes and lying wonders 10 And in all deceiueablenes of vnrighteousnes among them that perish because they receiued not the loue of the trueth that thei might be saued 11 And therfore God shal send them strong de lusion that they shulde beleue lyes 12 That all they might be damned which bele ued not the trueth but had pleasure in vnto righteousnes 13 But we ought to giue thākes alwaye to God for you brethren beloued of the Lord because that God hathe from the beginning chosen you to saluacion through sanctification of the Spirit and the faith of trueth 14 Whereunto he called you by our Gospel to obteine the glorie of our Lord IESVS Christ. 15 Therefore brethren stand fast and kepe the instructions which ye haue bene taught ether by worde or by our Epistle 16 Now the same Iesus Christ
contentions curious disputations and vaine questions to the intēt that his doctrine may al together edifie Considering that the examples of Hymeneus and Philetus which subuerted the true doctrine of the resurre ction were so horrible yet to the intent that no man shulde be offended at their fall being men of autoritie inestima tion he sheweth that all that professe Christ are not his that the Churche is subiect to this calamitie that the euill must dwel among the good til Gods trial come yet he reserueth them whom he hathe elected euen to the end And that Timotheus shulde not be discouraged by the wicked he declareth what abominable men and dangerous times shall followe willing him to arme him self with the hope of the good yssue that God wil giue vnto his to exercise him self diligētly in the Scriptures bothe against the aduersaries and for the vtilitie of the Churche desiring him to come to hym for certeine necessarie affaires and so with his and others salutations endeth CHAP. I. 6 Paul exhorteth Timotheus to stedfastnes and pacience in persecution and to continue in the doctrine that he had taught him 12 Whereof his bonds and afflictions were agage 16 A commendation of Onesiphorus 1 PAul an Apostle of Iesus Christ by the will of God accordyng to the promes of life whiche is in Christ Iesus 2 To Timotheus my beloued sonne Grace mercie and peace from God the Father and from Iesus Christ our Lord. 3 I thanke God * whome I serue from mine elders with pure conscience that without ceasing I haue remembrance of thee in my prayers night and day 4 Desiring to se thee mindful of thy teares that I may be filled with ioye 5 When I call to remembrance the vnfained faith that is in thee whiched welt first in thy grandmother Lois and in this mother Eunice and am assured that it dwelleth in thee also 6 Wherefore I put thee in remembrance that thou stirre vp the gifte of God whiche is in thee by the putting on of mine hands 7 For God hathe not giuen to vs the Spirit of feare but of power and of loue and of a sounde minde 8 Be not therefore ashamed of the testimonie of our Lord nether of me his prisoner but be partaker of the afflictions of the Gospel according to the power of God 9 Who hathe saued vs and called vs with an * holie calling not according to our* workes but according to his owne purpose grace which was giuen to vs through Christ Iesus before the * worlde was 10 But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Sauiour Iesus Christ who hathe abolished death and hathe broght life and immortalitie vnto light through the Gospel 11 * Whereunto I am appointed a preacher Apostle and ateacher of the Gentiles 12 For the which cause I also suffre these things but I am not ashamed for I knowe whome I haue beleued and I am persuaded that he is able to kepe that whiche I haue cōmitted to him against that day 13 Kepe the true paterne of the wholsome wordes whiche thou hast heard of me in faith and loue whiche is in Christ Iesus 14 That worthie thing which was committed to thee kepe through the holie Gost whiche dwelleth in vs. 15 This thou knowest that all they which are in Asia be turned from me of whiche sorte are Phygellus and Hermogenes 16 The Lorde giue mercie vnto the house of One siphorus for he oftrefreshed me was not ashamed of my chaine 17 But when he was at Rome he soght me out verie diligently and founde me 18 The Lord grant vnto him that he may finde mercie with the Lord at that day and in how manie things he hathe ministred vnto me at Ephesus thou knowest verie wel CHAP. II. 2 He exhorteth him to be constant in trouble to suffer manly to abyde faste in the wholsome doctrine of our Lord Iesus Christ. 11 Shewing him the fidelitie of Gods counsel touching the saluation of his 19 And the marke thereof 1 THou therfore my sonne be strong in the grace that is in Christ Iesus 2 And what things thou hast heard of me by manie witnesses the same deliuer to faithfull men whiche shal be able to teache other also 3 Thou therefore suffer afflictions as a good souldier of Iesus Christ. 4 No man that warreth entangleth hym self with the affaires of this life because he wolde please him that hathe chosen hym to be a souldier 5 And if anie man also striue for a masterie he is not crowned excepthe striue as he ought to do 6 The housband man must labour before he receiue the frutes 7 Consider what I say and the Lord giue thee vnderstanding in all things 8 Remember that Iesus Christ made of the sede of Dauid was raised againe from the dead accordyng to my Gospel 9 Wherein I suffer trouble an euil doer ouen vnto bondes but the worde of God is not bounde 10 Therefore I suffer all things for the * elects sake that they might also obteine the the saluation which is in Christ Iesus with eternal glorie 11 It is a true saying For if we be* dead wyth him we also shal liue with him 12 If we suffer we shal also reigne with hym * if we denie him he also wil denie vs. 13 If* we beleue not yet abideth he faithful he can not denie him self 14 Of these thyngs put them in remembrance and protest before the Lord that they striue not aboute wordes whiche is to no profit but to the peruerting of the hearers 15 Studie to she we thy selfe approued vnto God a workeman that nedeth not to be asha med diuiding the worde of trueth a right 16 * Stay prophane and vaine bablings for they shal encrease vnto more vngo 〈◊〉 17 And their worde shall fret as a cancre of which sorte is Hymeneus and Philetus 18 Whiche as concernyng the trueth haue erred saying that the resurrection is past already and do destroye the faith of certeine 19 But the fundation of God remayneth sure and hathe thys seale The LORD knoweth who are his and Let euerie one that calleth on the Name of Christ departe frome iniquitie 20 Notwithstanding in a great house are not onely vessels of Golde and of Siluer but also of wood and of earth and some for honour and some vnto dishonour 21 If anie man therefore purge him selfe from these he shal be a vessel vnto honour sanctified and mete for the Lord and prepared vn to euerie good worke 22 Flee also frome the lustes of youth and followe after ryghteousnes fayth loue and peace with them that* cal on the Lord with pure heart 23 * And put away foolish and vnlearned que stions knowing that they in gendre strife 24 But the seruant of the Lord
must not striue but must be gentle towarde all men apt to teache suffring the euil men paciently 25 Instructing them with mekenes that are cō trarie minded prouyng if GOD at anye time will gyue them repentaunce that they may knowe the trueth 26 And that they maye come to amendement out of the snare of the deuill which are takē of him at his wil. CHAP. III. 1 He prophecieth of the perilous times 2 Setteth out hypo crites in their colours 12 Sheweth the state of the Christians 14 And how to auoide dangers 16 Also what profit cometh of the Scriptures 1 THys knowe also that in the * laste dayes shal come perilous times 2 For men shal be louers of theyr owne selues couetous boasters proude cursed speakers disobedient to parents vnthankefull vnholye 3 Without naturall affection truce breakers false accusers intemperate fierce 〈◊〉 of them which are good 4 Traitours headie hygh mynded louers of pleasures more then louers of God 5 Hauyng a she we of godlynes but haue denied the power thereof turne away therfore from suche 6 For of this sorte are they which crepe into houses and lead captiue simple women laden with sinnes and led with diuers lustes 7 Whiche women are euerlearnyng and are neuer able to come to the knowledge of the trueth 8 * And as Iannes and Iambres with stode Mo ses so do these also resiste the trueth men of corrupte myndes reprobate concernyng the fayth 9 But they shall preuaile no longer for theyr madnes shal be euident vnto al men as theirs also was 10 ¶ But thou hast fully knowen my doctrine maner of lyuing purpose faith long suffering loue pacience 11 Persecutions and afflictions whiche came vnto me at* Antiochia at Iconium and at I ystri whiche persecutions I suffered but from them all the Lord deliuered me 12 Yea and all that will liue godly in Christ Iesus shal suffer persecution 13 But the euill men and deceiuers shall waxe worsse and worsse deceyuyng and beyng de 〈◊〉 14 But continue thou in the thyngs whyche thou hast learned and art persuaded thereof knowyng of whome thou hast learned them 15 And that thou hast knowen the holie Scriptures of a childe whiche are able to make thee wise vnto saluation through the fayth whiche is in Christ Iesus 16 * For the whole Scripture is giuen by inspiration of God and is profitable to teache to improue to correct and to instructe in ryghteousnes 17 That the man of GOD may be absolute being made perfite vnto all good workes CHAP. IIII. 1 He exhorteth Timotheus to be feruēt in the worlde and to suffer aduersitie 6 Maketh mention of his own death 9 And biddeth Timothie come vnto him 1 I Charge thee therefore before God and before the Lord Iesus Christ whiche shal iudge the quicke and dead at his appearing and in his kingdome 2 Preache the worde be instant in season and out of season improue rebuke exhorte with all long suffring and doctrine 3 For the time will come when they will not suffer wholsome doctrine but hauyng their eares itching shal after their owne lustes get them an heape of teachers 4 And shall turne their eares from the trueth and shal be giuen vnto fables 5 But watch thou in all thyngs suffer aduersitie do the worke of an Euangeliste make thy ministerie fully knowen 6 For I am nowe ready to be offered and the time of my departing is at hand 7 I haue foght a good fight and haue finished my course I haue kept the faith 8 For hence forth is laid vp for me the crown of righteousnes which the Lorde the rightous iudge shall giue me at that daye and not to me onely but vnto all them also that loue his appearyng 9 Make spede to come vnto me atonce 10 For Demas hath forsakē me and hath embraced this present worlde and is departed vnto Thessalonica Crescens is gone to Galacia Titus vnto Dalmacia 11 * Onely Luke is with me Take Marke and bring him with thee for he is profitable vnto me to minister 12 And Tychicus haue I sent to Ephesus 13 The cloke that I left at Troas with Carpus when thou comest bring with thee and the bokes but specially the parchements 14 Alexander the copper smith hath done me muche euil the Lorde rewarde hym according to his workes 15 Of whome be thou ware also for he withstode our preaching sore 16 At my first answering no man assisted me but all forsoke me I praye God that it may not be laid to their charge 17 Notwithstanding the Lord assisted me and strengthened me that by me the preachyng myght be fully knowen and that all the Gen tiles shulde heare and I was deliuered out of the mouth of the lion 18 And the Lord will deliuer me from euerie euil worke and wil preserue me vnto his hea uenlie kingdome to whome be praise for euer and euer Amen 19 Salute Prisca and Aquila and the * housholde of Onesiphorus 20 Erastus abode at Corinthus Trophimus I left at Miletum sicke 21 Make spede to come before winter Eubulus greteth thee and Pudens and Linus and Claudia and all the brethren 22 The Lorde Iesus Christ be with thy spirit Grace be with you Amen The seconde Epistle written from Rome vnto Timotheus the first bishop elected of the Churche of Ephesus when Paul was presented the second time before the Emperour Nero. THE EPISTLE OF Paul to Titus THE ARGVMENT WHen Titus was left in Creta to finish that doctrine which Paul had there begonne Satan stirred vp certeine which went about not onely to ouerthrowe the gouernement of the Churche but also to corrupt the doctrine for some by ambition wolde haue thrust in them selues to be Pastours others vnder pretext of Moses Law broght in manie trifles Against these two sortes of men Paul armeth Titus first teachyng him what maner of Ministers he ought to chose chiefly requiryng that they be men of sounde doctrine to the intent they myght resiste the aduersaries and amongs other things he noreth the Iewes whiche put a certeine holines in meates and suche outwarde ceremonies teachyng them whiche are the true exercises of a Christian life and what things apperteine to euerie mans vocation Againste the whiche if anie man rebelle or els doeth not obey he willeth him to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 CHAP. I. 5 He aduertiseth Titus touchyng the gouernement of the Church 7. The ordinance and office of ministers 12 The nature of the Cretians and of them which sowe abroade Iewish fables and inuentions of men 1 PAVLa seruant of God and an Apostle of IESVS Christ accordynge to the fayth of Gods elect and the knowledge of the trueth which is accordyng to godlines 2 Vnder the hope of eternall life whiche God that can not lie hathe promised before the * worlde began 3 But
that is in thine house 3 Grace be with you and peace from GOD our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 4 I* giue thankes to my God making mēcion alwaies of thee in my prayers 5 When I heare of thy loue and faith which thou hast towarde the Lord Iesus and to warde all Saintes 6 That the felowship of thy faith may be made fruteful and that whatsoeuer good thing is in you through Christ Iesus may be knowen 7 For we haue great ioye and consolacion in in thy loue because by thee brother the Saintes hearts are comforted 8 Wherefore thogh I be verie bolde in Christ to commande thee that which is cōuenient 9 Yet for loues sake I rather beseche thee thogh I be as I am euen Paul aged and euen now a prisoner for Iesus Christ. 10 I beseche thee for my sonne* Onesimus whome I haue begotten in my bondes 11 Whiche in time past was to thee vnprofitable but now profitable bothe to thee and to me 12 Whome I haue sent againe thou therefore receine him that is mine owne bowels 13 Whome I wolde haue reteined with me that in thy stede he might haue ministred vnto me in the bondes of the Gospel 14 But without thy minde wolde I do nothyng that thy benefite shulde not be as it were of necessitie but willingly 15 It may be that he therefore departed for a ceason that thou shuldest receiue hym for euer 16 Not now as a seruant but aboue a seruant euen as a brother beloued specially to me how muche more than vnto thee bothe in the flesh and the Lord 17 If therefore thou counte our things commune receiue him as my self 18 If he hathe hurt thee or oweth thee ought that put on mine accountes 19 I Paul haue written this with mine owne hand I wil recompense it albeit I do not say to thee that thou owest vnto me euen thine owne self 20 Yea brother let me obteine this pleasure of thee in the Lord comforte my bo wels in the Lord. 21 Trusting in thine obedience I wrote vnto thee knowing that thou wiltdo euen more then I say 22 Moreouer also prepare 〈◊〉 lodgyng for I trust through your prayers I shal be giuen vnto you 23 There salute thee Epaphras my fellowe pri soner in Christ Iesus 24 Marcus Aristarchus Demas and Luke my fellowe helpers 25 The grace of our Lorde Iesus Christe be with your spirit Amen Written from Rome to Philemon and sent by Onesimus a seruant THE EPISTLE TO the Ebrevves THE ARGVMENT FOrasmuche as diuers bothe of the Greke writers and Latines witnesse that the writer of this Epistle for iuste causes wolde not haue his name knowen it were curiositie of our parte to labour muche therein For seing the Spirit of God is the autor thereof it diminisheth nothing the autoritie althogh we knowe not with what penne he wrote it Whether it were Paul as it is not like 〈◊〉 Luke or Barnabas or Clement or some other his chief purpose is to persuade vnto the Ebrewes whereby he principally meaneth them that abode at Ierusalem and vnder them all the rest of the Iewes that Christ Iesus was not onely the redemer but also that at his comming all ceremonies must haue an end forasmuche as hys doctrine was the conclusion of al the prophecies therfore not onely Moses was inferior to him but also the Angels for they al were seruants he the Lord but so Lord that he hathe also taken our flesh and is made our brother to assure vs of our saluation through him self for he is that eternal Priest whereof all the Leuitical Priests were but shadowes and therfore at his comming they ought to cease and all sacrifices for 〈◊〉 to be abolished as he proueth from the seuenth chap. verse 11. vnto the 12. chap. verse 13. Also he was that Prophet of whome all the Prophetes in time past witnessed as is de clared from the 12. chapter verse 18. to the twentie and fiue verse of the same chapter yea and is the King to whome all things are subiect as appeareth from that verse 25. to the beginning of the last chapter Wherefore according to the examples of the olde fathers we must constantly beleue in him that being sanctified by his iustice taught by his wisdome and gouerned by his powet we may stedfastly and courageously perseuere euen to the end in hope of that ioye that is set before our eyes occupying our selues in Christian exercises that we may bothe be thankeful to God duetiful to our neighbour CHAP. I. 1 He sheueth the excellencie of Christ. 4 Aboue the Angels 7 And of their office 1 AT sondrie times and in diuers maners God spake in the olde time to our fathers by the Prophetes 2 In these last dayes hathe spoken vnto vs by his Sōne whom he hathe made heir of all things by whome also he made the worldes 3 * Who being the brightnes of the glorie the ingraued forme of his persone and bea ring vp al things by his mightie worde hathe by him self purged our sinnes and sitteth at the right hand of the maiestie in the high est places 4 And is made so muche more excellent then the Angels in as muche as he hath obteined a more excellent name then thei 5 For vnto which of the Angels said he at anie time * Thou art my Sonne this day begate I thee and againe I * wil be his Father and he shal be my sonne 6 And againe when he bringeth in his first begotten Sonne into the worlde he saith * And let all the Angels of God worship him 7 And of the Angels he saith * He maketh the Spirits his messengers and his ministers a flame of fyre 8 But vnto the Sonne he saith * O God thy throne is for euer and euer the scepter of thy kingdome is a scepter of righteousnes 9 Thou hast loued righteousnes and hated iniquitie Wherefore God euen thy GOD hathe anointed thee with the oyle of gladnes aboue thy fellowes 10 And Thou Lord in the beginning hast established the earth ād the heauens are the workes of thine hands 11 They shal perish but thou doest remaine and they all shal waxe oldeas doeth a garment 12 And as a vesture shalt thou folde them vp and they shal be changed but thou art the same and thy yeres shal not faile 13 Vnto which also of the Angels said he at anie time Sit at my right hand til I make thine enemies thy fotestole 14 Are they not all ministring spirits sent forthe to minister for their sakes which shal be heires of saluation CHAP. II. 1 He exhorteth vs to be obedient vnto the new Law which Christ hathe giuen vs 9 And not to be offended at the infirmitie and Iowe degre of Christ 10 Because it was necessarie that for oursakes he shulde
Tabernacle was standing 9 Which was a 〈◊〉 for the time present wherein were offred giftes and sacrifices that colde not make holie concerning the conscience him that did the seruice 10 Which onely stode in meats and drinkes and diuers washings and carnal rites vntil the time of reformation 11 But Christ being come an hie Priest of good things to come by a greater and a more perfite Tabernacle not made with hands that is not of this buylding 12 Nether by the blood of goates and calues but by his owne blood entred he in once vn to the holie place and obteined eternal redemption for vs. 13 * For if the blood of bulles and of goates and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling them that are vncleane sanctifieth as touching the purifying of the flesh 14 How muche more shal the blood of Christ which through the eternal Spirit offred him self without spot to God purge your conscience from dead workes to * serue the liuing God 15 And for this cause is he the Mediatour of the new Testament that through * death which was for the redemption of the transgressions that were in the former Testament they which were called might receiue the promes of eternal enheritance 16 Forwhere a testament is there must be the death of him that made the testament 17 * For the testamēt is confirmed when men are dead for it is yet of no force as long as he that made it is a liue 18 Wherefore nether was the first ordeined without blood 19 For when Moses had spoken euerie precept to the people according to the Law he toke the blood of calues and of goates with water and purple wolle and hyssope and sprinkled bothe the boke and all the people 20 * Saying This is the blood of the Testament which God hathe appointed vnto you 21 Moreouer he sprinkled likewise the Tabernacle with blood also and all the ministring vessels 22 And almost al things are by the Law purged with blood and without sheading of blood is no remission 23 It was then necessarie that the similitudes of heauēlie things shulde be purified with such things but the heauenlie things them selues are purified with better sacrifices then are these 24 For Christ is not entred into the holie places that are made with hands which are similitu des of the true Sanctuarie but is entred in to very heauen to appeare now in the sight of God for vs 25 Not that he shulde offer him self often as the hie Priest entred into the Holie place eue rie 〈◊〉 with other blood 26 For them must he haue often suffred since the fundacion of the worlde but now in the end of the worlde hathe he appeared once to put away sinne by the sacrifice of him self 27 And as it is appointed vnto men that they shal once dye and after that commeth the iudgement 28 So Christ was once offred to take away the sinnes of many and vnto them that loke for him shal he appeare the seconde time without sinne vnto saluation CHAP. X. 1 The olde lawe had no power to clense awaye sinne 10. But 〈◊〉 did it with offering of his bodie once for all 22 An exh rtation to receiue the goodnes of God than kefully with patience and stedfast faith 1 FOr the * Lawe hauing the shadowe of good things to come and not the very image of the things can neuer with those sa crifices which they offer yere by yere continually sanctifie the commers thereunto 2 For wolde they not then haue ceased to haue bene offred because that the offerers once purged shulde haue had no more conscice of sinnes 3 But in those sacrifices there is a remēbran ce againe 〈◊〉 euerie yere 4 For it is vnpossible that the blood of bulles and goates shulde * take away sinnes 5 Wherefore when he commeth into the worlde he saith * Sacrifice and offring thou woldest not but a bodie hast thou ordeined me 6 In burnt offrings and sinne offrings thou hast had no pleasure 7 Then I said Lo I come In the beginning of the boke it written of me that I shulde do thy wil ô God 8 Aboue when he said Sacrifice and offring and burnt offrings and sinne offrings thou woldest not haue nether hadst pleasure ther in which are offred by the Law 9 Then said he Lo I come to do thy wil ô God he taketh away the first that he may stablish the seconde 10 By the which wil we are sanct fied enen by the offring of the bodie of Iesus Christ once made 11 And euerie Priest appeareth daiely ministring and ofttimes offreth one maner of offring which can neuer take awaye sinnes 12 But this man after he had offred one sacrifice for sinnes * sitteth for euer at the right hand of God 13 And from hence forth tarieth * til his enemies be made his fotestole 14 For with one offring hath he consecrated for euer them that are sanctified 15 For the holie Gost also bearest vs recorde for after that he had said before 16 * This is the Testament that I wil make vnto them after those daies saith the Lorde I wil put my Lawes in their heart and in their mindes I wil write them 17 And their sinnes and iniquities wil I remem ber no more 18 Now where remission of these things things is there is no more offring for sinne 19 Seing therefore brethrē that by the blood of Iesus may be bolde to enter into the holie place 20 By the new and liuing way which he hath prepared for vs through the vaile that is his flesh 21 And seing we haue an hie Priest whiche is ouer the house of God 22 Let vs drawe nere with a true heart in assurance of faith sprinkeled in our hearts frō an euil conscience and washed in our bodies with pure water 23 Let vs kepe the profession of our hope without wauering for he is faithfull that promised 24 And let vs consider one another to prouoke vnto loue and to good workes 25 Not forsakyng the 〈◊〉 that we haue among our selues as the maner of some is but let vs exhorte one another and that so muche the more because ye se that the day draweth nere 26 * For if we sinne willingly after that we haue receiued the knowledge of the trueth there remaineth no more sacrifice for sinnes 27 But a feareful loking for of iudgement and violent fyre which sha deuoure the aduersaries 28 He that despiceth Moses Law dyeth withoutmercie* vnder two or thre witnesses 29 Of how muche forer punishment suppose ye shal he be worthie which tradeth vnder fote the Sonne of God and counteth the blood of the Testament as an vnholie thing where with he was sanctified
able to saue and to destroye * Who art thou that iud gest another man 13 Go to no we ye that saye To daye or to morowe we wyll go into suche a citie and continue there a yere and bye and sel and get gaine 14 And yet ye can not tell what shal be to moro we For what is your lyfe It is euen a vapour that appeareth for a litle time and af ter warde vanisheth away 15 For that ye ought to say * If the Lord wyll and If we liue we wil do this or that 16 But no we ye reioyce in your boastyngs all suche reioycing is euil 17 Therefore to him that knoweth howe to do wel and doeth it not to him it is sinne CHAP. V. 2 He threateneth the wicked riche men 7 Exhoiteth vnto pacience 12 To beware of swearyng 16 One to knowledge his fautes to another 20 And one to labour to bring another to the trueth 1 GO to nowe ye ryche men wepe and howle for your miseries that shall come vpon you 2 Your riches are corrupt and your garments are moth eaten 3 Your Golde and Siluer is cankred and the rust of them shal be a wytnes agaynste you and shall eat your fleshe as it were fyre * Ye haue heaped vp treasure for the last dayes 4 Beholde the hyre of the laborers which haue reaped your fields whiche is of you kept backe by fraude cryeth and the cryes of them which haue reaped are entred into the eares of the Lord of hostes 5 Ye haue liued in pleasure on the earthe and in wantōnes Ye haue nourished your hearts as in a day of slaughter 6 Ye haue condemned and haue killed the iuste and he hathe not resisted you 7 Be pacient therefore brethren vnto the commyng of the Lorde Beholde the housband man waiteth for the precious frute of the earth and hathe longe pacience for it vntill he receiue the former and the latter rayne 8 Be ye also pacient therefore and setle your hearts for the commyng of the Lord draweth nere 9 Grudge not one against another brethren lest ye be condemned beholde the iudge standeth before the dore 10 Take my brethren the Prophetes for an ensample of suffering aduersitie and of long pacience whiche haue spoken in the Name of the Lord. 11 Beholde we count them blessed whiche endure Ye haue heard of the pacience of Iob 〈◊〉 haue knowen what end the Lord made For the Lord is verie pitiful and mercifull 12 But before all thyngs my brethren * sweare not nether by heauen nor by earth nor by anie other othe but let your yea be yea and your naye naye lest ye fall into condemnation 13 Is anie among you afflicted Let him pray Is anie merie Let him sing 14 Is anie sicke among you Let hym call for the Elders of the Churche and let them praye for him and anoint hym with * oyle in the Name of the Lord. 15 And the prayer of fayth shal saue the sicke and the LORDE shall rayse him vp and if he haue committed sinne it shal be forgiuen hym 16 Acknowledge your fautes one to another and pray one for another that ye may be hea led for the prayer of a ryghteous man auaileth muche if it be feruent 17 * Helias was a man subiect to lyke passions as we are and he prayed earnestlye that it myght not rayne and it rained not on the earth for thre yeres and six moneths 18 And he prayed agayne and the heauen gaue rayne and the earth broght forthe her frute 19 Brethren if anye of you hathe erred frome the trueth and some man hathe conuerted hym 20 Let him knowe that he whiche hathe conuerted the sinner from goyng astraye out of his way shal saue a soule from death ād shal hide a multitude of sinnes THE FIRST EPISTLE general of Peter THE ARGVMENT HE exhorteth the faithful to denie them selues and to contemne the worlde that being deliuered from all carnal affections and impediments they may more spedely atteine to the heauēlie kingdome of Christ whereunto we are called by the grace of God reueiled to vs in his Sonne and haue already receiued it by faith possessed it by hope and are therein confirmed by holines of life And to the intent this faith shulde not faint seing Christ contemned and reiected almost of the whole worlde he declareth that this is nothyng els but the accomplishyng of the Scriptures whiche testifie that he shulde be the stombling stone to the reprobate and the sure fundation of saluation to the faithfull therefore he exhorteth them courageously to go forwarde considering what they were and to what dignitie God hathe called them After he entreateth particular points teaching subiects how to obey their gouernours and seruants their masters how maried folkes ought to behaue them selues And because it is appointed for all that are godlie to suffre persecutions he sheweth them what good yssue their asflictions shal haue and contrariewise what punishment God reserueth for the wicked Last of all he teacheth how the ministers ought to behaue them selues forbidding them to vsurpe autoritie o 〈◊〉 the Churche also that yong men ought to be modest and apt to learne and so endeth with an exhortation CHAP. I. 2 He sheweth that through the abundant mercie of God we are elect and regenerate to a liuelie hope 7 And how faith must be tried 10 That the saluation in Christ is no newes but a thing prophecied of olde 13 He exhorteth them to a godlie conuersation forasmuche as they are now borne a newe by the worde of God 1 PETER an Apostle of Iesus Christ to the strangers that dwel here and there throughout Pontus Galacia Cappadocia Asia Bithynia 2 Elect according to the fore knowledge of God the Father vnto sanctificatió of the spirit through obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Iesus Christ Grace and peace be multiplied vnto you 3 * Blessed be God euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ whiche accordyng to his abundant mercie hathe begotten vs againe vnto a liuelie hope by the resurrection of Iesus Christ from the dead 4 To an inheritance immortall and vndefiled and that fadeth not away reserued in heauen for you 5 Whiche are kept by the power of GOD through faith vnto saluation whiche is prepared to be shewed in the last time 6 Wherein ye reioyce thogh now for a ceason if nede require ye are in heauines through manifolde tentations 7 That the triall of your faith being muche more precious then golde that perisheth thogh it be tried with fyre might be foūde vnto your praise and honour and glorie at the appearing of Iesus Christ. 8 Whome ye haue not sene and yet loue him in whome now thogh ye se him not yet do you beleue and reioyce with ioye vnspeakeable and glorious 9 Receiuing the
shal receiue an incorruptible crowne of glorie 5 Like wise ye yonger submit your selues vnto the elders and submit your selues euerie man one to another * decke your selues in wardely in low lines of minde for God * resisteth the proud giueth grace to the hūble 6 Humble * your selues therefore vnder the mightie hand of God that he may exalt you in due time 7 Cast * all your care on him for he careth for you 8 Be sober and watch for * your aduersarie the deuil as a roaring lyon walk eth about seking whome he may deuoure 9 Whome resist sted fast in the faith knowing that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brethren which are in the worlde 10 And the God of all grace which hath called vs vnto his eternal glorie by Christ Iesus after that ye haue suffred a litel make you perfect cōfirme strengthen stablish you 11 To him be glorie and dominion for euer and euer Amen 12 By Siluanus a faithful brother vnto you as I suppose haue I writen briefly exhorting and testifying how that this is the true grace of God where in ye stand 13 The Church that is at Babylon elected to gether with you saluteth you and Marcus my sonne 14 Grete ye one another with the * kysse of loue Peace be with you all which are in Christ Iesus Amen THE SECONDE EPISTLE general of Peter THE ARGVMENT THe effect of the Apostle here is to exhorte them which haue once 〈◊〉 the true faith of 〈◊〉 to stande to the same euen to the last breath also that God by his effectual grace towardesmen moueth them to holines of life in punishing the hypocrites which abuse his Name and in increasing his gifts in the godlie wherefore by godlie life he being now almost at deaths dore exhorteth them to approue their vocation not setting their affection on worldlie things as he had oft writ vnto them but lifting their eyes towarde heauen as they be taught by the Gospel whereof he is a cleare witnes chiefly in that he heard with his owne eares that Christ was proclaimed from heauen to be the Sonne of God as likewise the Prophetes testified And lest they shulde promise to them selues quietnes by professing the Gospel he warneth them bothe of troubles which they shulde susteine by the false teachers and also by the mockers and 〈◊〉 of religion whose maners and trade he liuely setteth forthe as in a table aduertising the faithful not onely to waite diligently for Christ but also to beholde presently the day of his comming and to preserue them selues vnspotted against the same CHAP. I. 4 Forasmuche as the power of God hathe giuen them all things perteining vnto life he exhorteth them to flee the corruption of worldlie lusts 10 To make their calling sure with good workes and frutes of faith 14 He maketh mention of his owne death 17 Declaring the Lord Iesus to be the true Sonne of God as he him self had sene vpon the mounte 1 SIMON Peter a seruant and an Apostle of IESVSCRIST to you which haue obteined like precious faith with vs by the rightousnes of our God and Sauiour Iesus Christ. 2 Grace and peace be multiplied to you by the knowledge of God and of Iesus our Lord 3 According as his godlie power hathe giuen vnto vs all things that perteine vnto life and godlines through the knowledge of him that hathe called vs vnto glorie and vertue 4 Whereby most great and precious promises are giuen vnto vs that by them ye shulde be 〈◊〉 of the godlie nature in that ye flee the corruption which is in the worlde through lust 5 Therefore giue euen all diligence thereunto ioyne moreouer vertue with your faith and with vertue knowledge 6 And with knowledge temperāce and with temperance pacience and with pacience godlines 7 And with godlines brotherlie kindenes and with brotherlie kindenes loue 8 For if these things be among you and abun de they wil make you that ye nether shal be ydle nor vnfruteful in the knowledge of our Lord Iesus Christ. 9 For he that hathe not these things is blinde and can not se farre of and hathe forgotten that he was purged from his olde sinnes 10 Wherefore brethren giue rather diligence to make your calling and election sure for if ye do these things ye shal neuer fall 11 For by this meanes an entring shal be ministred vnto you abundātly into the euerlastiug kingdom of our Lord Sauiour Iesus Christ. 12 Wherefore I wil not be negligent to put you alwais in remembrance of these things thogh that ye haue knowledge and be stablished in the present trueth 13 For I thinke it mete as long as I am in this tabernacle to stirre you vp by putting you in remembrance 14 Seing I knowe that the time is at hand that I must lay downe this my tabernacle euen as our Lord Iesus Christ hathe * she wed me 15 I wil endeuour therefore alwaise that ye also may be able to haue remembrāce of these things after my departing 16 For we folowed not * deceiueable fables when we opened vnto you the power and comming of our Lord Iesus Christ but with our eyes we saw his maiestie 17 For he receiued of God the Father honour and glorie whē there came suche a voyce to him frō the excellent glorie * This is my beloued Sonne in whome I am well pleased 18 And this voyce we heard whē it came from heauē being with him in the holye mounte 19 We haue also a moste sure worde of the Prophetes to the whiche ye do well that ye take hede as vnto a light that shineth in a darke place vntil the day dawne and the daye starre arise in your hearts 20 * So that ye first know this that no prophecie in the Scripture is of anie priuate motion 21 For the Prophecie came not in olde time by the wil of man but holie men of God spake as they were moued by the holie Gost. CHAP. II. He prophecieth of false teaches and sheweth their punishment 1 BVt * there were false prophetes also among the people euen as there shal be false teachers among you whiche priuely shal bring in dānable heresies euen denying the Iord that hathe boght them and bryng vpon them selues swift damnation 2 And manie shall followe their damnable wayes by whome the way of trueth shal be euil spoken of 3 And through couetousnes shall they with fained wordes make marchandise of you whose iudgement long agone is not farre of and their damnation slepeth not 4 For if God spared not the * Angels that had sinned but caste them downe into hell and deliuered them into chaines of darkenes to be kept vnto damnation 5 Nether hathe spared the olde worlde but saued * Noe the eight persone a
preacher of righteousnes and broght in the flood vpon the worlde of the vngodlie 6 And * turned the cities of Sodome and Gomorrhe into ashes condemned them and ouerthrewe thē ād made them an ensample vnto them that after shulde liue vngodlie 7 * And deliuered iuste Loth vexed with the vnclenlie conuersation of the wicked 8 For he being righteous dwellyng among them in seing and hearing vexed his righteous soule from day to day with their vnlawful dedes 9 The Lorde knoweth to deliuer the godlye out of tentation and to reserue the vniust vnto the day of iudgement to be punished 10 And chiefely thē that walke after the flesh in the lust of vnclennes and despise the gouernement whiche are presumpteous and stand in their owne conceite and feare not to speake euill of thē that are in dignitie 11 Where as the Angels which are greater both in power and might * giue not railing iudgement against them before the Lord. 12 But these as brute beasts led with sensualitie and made to be taken and destroyed speake euil of those things which they knowe not and shal perish through their owne corruption 13 And shal receiue the wages of vnrighteousnes as they which counte it pleasure to liue deliciously for a season Spottes they are ād blottes deliting them selues in their deceiuings in feasting with you 14 Hauing eyes ful of adulterie and that can not cease to sinne beguiling vnstable soules they haue hearts exercised with couetousnes cursed children 15 Whiche forsakyng the right waye haue gone astraye following the way of * Balaam the sonne of Bosor which loued the wages of vnrighteousnes 16 But he was rebuked for his iniquitie for the domme asse speaking with mans voyce forbade the foolishnes of the Prophet 17 * These are welles without water and cloudes caryed about with atēpest to whom the blacke darkenes is reserued for euer 18 For in speaking swelling wordes of vanitie they beguile with wantonnes through the lustes of the flesh them that were cleane esca ped from thē which are wrapped in errour 19 Promising vnto them libertie and are them selues the * seruants of corruption for of who me so euer a man is ouer come euen vnto the same is he in bondage 20 * For if they after they haue escaped from the filthines of the worlde through the knowledge of the Lord and of the Sauiour Iesus Chaist are yet tangled againe therein and ouercome the latter end is worse with them then the beginning 21 For it had bene better for them not to haue knowen the way of righteousnes then after they haue knowen it to turne from the holie commandement giuen vnto them 22 But it is come vnto them according to the true prouerbe * The dogge is returned to his owne vomit The sowe that was washed to the wallowing in the myer CHAP. III. 3 He sheweth the impitie of them which mocke at Gode promises 7 After what sorte the end of the worlde shal be 8 That they prepare them selues thereunto 16 who they are which abuse the writings of S. Paul and the rest of the Scriptures 18 Concluding with cternal thankes to Christ Iesus 1 THis seconde Epistle I now write vnto you beloued where with stirre vp and warne your pure mindes 2 To call to remembrance the wordes which were tolde before of the holie Prophetes also the commandement of vs the Apostles of the Lord and Sauiour 3 * This first vnderstand that 〈◊〉 shal come in the last dayes mockers which wil walke after their lustes 4 And say Where is the promes of his cōming for since the fathers dyed all things continue a like from the beginning of the creation 5 For this they willingly knowe not that the heauens were of olde and the earth that was of the water and by the water by the worde of God 6 Wherefore the worlde that then was perished ouer flowed with the water 7 But the heauens and earth whiche are now are kept by the same worde in store and reserued vnto fyre against the day of iudgement and of the destruction of vngodlie men 8 Derely beloued be not ignorant of this one thyng that one day is with the Lorde * as a thousand yeres and a thousand yere as one day 9 The Lorde is not slacke concernyng hys promes assome men count slackenes but is pacient towarde vs and * wolde haue no man to perish but wolde all men to come to repentance 10 * But the day of the Lord wil come as a thief in the night in the whiche the heauens shall passe away with a noyce and the elements shal melt with heate and the earth with the workes that are therin shal be burnt vp 11 Seing therefore that all these things must be dissolued what maner persones ought ye to be in holie conuersation and godlines 12 Loking for and hasting vnto the comming of the day of God by the which the heauens being on fyre shal be dissolued and the elements shalt melt with heat 13 But we loke for * new heauens and a new earth according to his promes wherein dwelleth righteousnes 14 Wherefore beloued seing that ye loke for suche things be diligent that ye may be founde of him in peace without spotte blameles 15 * And suppose that the long suffring of our Lord is saluation euen as our beloued brother Paul according to the wisdome giuen vnto him wrote to you 16 As one that in all his Epistles speaketh of these things among the which some things are hard to be vnderstand which they that are vnlearned and vnstable peruert as they do also other Scriptures vnto their owne destruction 17 Ye therefore beloued seing ye know these things before beware lest ye be also plucked away with the errour of the wicked fall from your owne stedfastnes 18 But growe in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Sauiour Iesus Christ to hym be glorie bothe now and for euer more Amen THE FIRST EPISTLE generall of Iohn THE ARGVMENT AFter that S. Iohn had sufficiently declared how that our whole saluation doeth consiste onely in Christ lest that any man shulde thereby take a boldenes to sinne he sheweth that no man can beleue in Christ onles he doeth endeuour him self to kepe his commandements which thing being done he exhorteth them to beware of false prophetes whome he calleth Antichrists and to trye the spirits Laste of all he doeth earnestly exhorte them vnto brotherlie loue and to beware of 〈◊〉 CHAP. I. 2 True witnes of the euerlasting worde of God 7 The blood of Christ is the purgation of sinne 10 No man is without sinne 1 THat which was from the beginning which we haue heard which we haue sene with our eyes which we haue loked vpon and our hands
haue eternal life and that ye maye beleue in the Name of the Sonne of God 14 And thys is the assurance that we haue in him * that if we aske aniething accordyng to his wil he heareth vs. 15 And if we knowe that he heareth vs whatsoeuer we aske we knowe that we haue the peticions that we haue desired of him 16 If anie man se his brother sinne a sinne that is not vnto death let hym aske and he shall giue him lyfe for them that sinne not vnto death * There is a sinne vnto death I saye not that thou shuldest praye for it 17 All vnryghteousnes is sinne but there is a sinne not vnto death 18 We knowe that whosoeuer is borne of God sinneth not but he that is begotten of God kepeth himself and the wicked toucheth him not 19 We knowe that we are of GOD and the whole worlde lyeth in wickednes 20 But we knowe that the Sonne of God is * come and hathe giuen vs a minde to knowe him whiche is true and we are in him that is true that is in his Sonne Iesus Christ this same is verie God and eternal life 21 Babes kepe your selues from idoles Amē THE SECONDE EPISTLE of Iohn He writeth vnto a certeine ladie 4 Reioycing that her children walke in the trueth 5 And exhorteth vnto loue 7 Warneth them to beware of such deceiuers as denie that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh 8 Prayeth them to continue in the doctrine of Christ. 10 And to haue nothing to do with them that brynge not the true doctrine of Christ Iesus our Sauiour 1 THe Elder to the elect Ladie and her chyldren whome I loue in 〈◊〉 the trueth ād not I onelye but also all that haue knowē the trueth 2 For the trueths sake whyche dwelleth in in vs and shal be with vs for euer 3 Grace be with you mercie ād peace frō God the Father and frō the Lord Iesus Christ the Sonne of the Father with trueth and loue 4 I reioyced greatly that I founde of thy children walkyng in trueth as we haue receiued a commandement of the Father 5 And now beseche I thee Ladie not as writing a new commandement vnto thee but that same whiche we had frō the beginning that we * loue one another 6 And this is the loue that we shulde walke af ter his commandements This commandement is that as ye haue hearde from the begynning ye shulde walke in it 7 For manie deceiuers are entred in the world which confesse not that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh He that is suche one is a deceiuer and an Antichrist 8 Loke to your selues that we lose not the thyngs whiche we haue done but that we may receiue a ful rewarde 9 Whosoeuer transgresseth and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ hathe not God He that continueth in the doctrine of Christ he hath bothe the Father and the Sonne 10 If there come anie vnto you and bring not this doctrine * receiue him not to house nether bid him God spede 11 For he that biddeth him God spede is partaker of his euil dedes Althogh I had manie thynges to write vnto you yet I wolde not write with paper and yncke but I trust to come vnto you ād speake mouth to mouth that our ioye may be ful 12 The sonnes of thine elect sister grete thee Amen THE THIRD EPIstle of Iohn 3 He is glad of Gaius that he walketh in the trueth 8 Exhorteth to be louyng vnto the poore Christen in their persecution 9 Sheweth the vnkinde dealing of Diotrephes 12 And the good reporte of Demetrius 1 THE Elder vnto the beloued Gaius whome I loue in the trueth 2 Beloued I wishe chiefly that thou prosperedst and faredst wel as thy soule prospereth 3 For I reioyced greatly when the brethren came and testified of the trueth that is in thee how thou walkest in the trueth 4 I haue no greater ioye then this that is to he are that my sonnes walke in veritie 5 Beloued thou doest faythfully whatsoeuer thou doest to the brethren and to strāgers 6 Whiche bare witnes of thy loue before the Churches Whome if thou bringest of their iourney as it besemeth accordyng to God thou shalt do wel 7 Because that for hys Names sake they went forthe and toke nothing of the Gentiles 8 We therefore ought to receiue suche that we might be helpers to the trueth 9 I wrote vnto the Churche but Diotrephes whiche loueth to haue the preeminence among them receiueth vs not 10 Wherefore if I come I will declare hys dedes whyche he doeth prateling againste vs with malicious wordes and not there with content nether he him self receiueth the bre thren but forbiddeth them that wolde and thrusteth them out of the Church 11 Beloued followe not that which is euil but that whiche is good he that doeth well is of god but he that doth euil hath not sene god 12 Demetrius hathe good reporte of all men and of the trueth itselfe yea and we ourselues beare recorde and ye knowe that our recorde is true 13 I haue manie thyngs to write but I will not with yncke and pen write vnto thee 14 For I truste I shall shortely se thee and we shal speake mouth to mouth Peace be with thee The friends salute thee Grete the friends by name THE GENERAL Epistle of Iude. THE ARGVMENT SAint Iude admonisheth all Churches generally to take hede of deceiuers which go about to drawe awaye the hearts of the simple people from the trueth of God and willeth them to haue no societie with suche whome he setteth forthe in their liuelie colours shewing by diuers examples of the Scriptures what horrible vengeance is prepared for thē finally he comforteth the faithful and exhorteth them to perseuere in the doctrine of the Apostles of Iesus Christ. 1 IVde a seruant of Iesus Christ and brother of Iames to them whiche are cal led and sanctified of God the Father and reserued to Iesus Christ 2 Mercie vnto you and peace and loue be multiplied 3 Beloued when I gaue all diligence to write vnto you of the commune saluation it was nedeful for me to write vnto you to exhorte you that ye shulde earnestly contende for the maintenance of the faith whiche was once giuen vnto the Saintes 4 For there are certeine men crept in whiche were before of olde ordeyned to this condemnation vngodlie men they are whiche turne the grace of our God into wantonnes and * denye God the onelie Lorde and our Lord Iesus Christ. 5 I wil therefore put you in remembrance forasmuche as ye once knewe thys howe that the Lord after that he had deliuered the peo ple out of Egypte * destroyed them afterwarde which beleued not 6 The * Angels also which kept not their first estat but
and for the witnessing of Iesus Christ. 10 And I was rauished in spirit on the Lords day and heard behinde me a great voyce as it had bene of a trumpet 11 Saying I am and the first and the last and that whiche thou seest write in a boke and send it vnto the seuen Churches whiche are in Asia vnto Ephesus and vnto Smyrna and vnto Pergamus and vnto Thyatira and vnto Sardi and vnto Philadelphia and vnto Laodicea 12 Then I turned backe to sethe voyce that spake with me and whē I was turned I sawe seuen golden candlestickes 13 And in the middes of the seuen candlestickes one like vnto the Sonne of man clothed with a garment downe to the feete girde about the pappes with golden girdle 14 His head and heere 's were white as white woll and as snowe and his eyes were as a flame of fyre 15 And his fete like vnto fine u brasse burning as in a fornace and voyce as the sounde of many waters 16 And he had in his right hand seuen y starres and out of his mouth went a sharpe two edged sworde and his face shone as the sunne shineth in his strength 17 And when I sawe him I fell at his fete as dead then he laid his right hand vpon me saying vnto me Feare not I am the first and the last 18 And am aliue but I was dead and beholde I am a liue for euermore Amen and I haue the keyes of hel and of death 19 Write the things which thou hast sene and the things whiche are and the things which shal come here after 20 The misterie of the seuen starres whiche thou sawest in my right hand and the seuen golden candlestickes is this The seuen starres are the Aungels of the seuen Churches and the seuen candlestickes whiche thou sawest are the seuen Churches CHAP. II. 1 He exhorte foure Chuches 5 To repentance 10 To perseuerance pacience and amendement 5. 14 20. 23. Aswel by threatenings 7. 10. 17. 26. As promises of rewarde 1 VNto the Angel of the Church of Ephesus write These things saith he that hol deth the seuen starres in his right hand and walketh in the middes of the seuen golden candlestickes 2 I knowe thy workes and thy labour ād thy pacience and how thou canst not forbeare them whiche are euil and hast examined thē whiche say they are Apostles and are not hast founde them lyers 3 And thou hast suffred and hast pacience for my Names sake hast labored and hast not fainted 4 Neuertheles I haue somewhat against thee because thou hast left thy first loue 5 Remember therefore from whēce thou art fallen and repent and do the first workes orels I wil come against thee shortly and wil remoue thy candlesticke out of his place except thou amende 6 But this thou hast that thou hatest the workes of the Nicolaitans which I also hate 7 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spitit saith vnto the Churches To him that ouercometh wil I giue to eate of the tree of life whiche is in the middes of the Paradise of God 9 ¶ And vnto the Aungell of the Churche of the Smyrnians write These things saith he that is first and last Whiche was dead and is a liue 9 I know thy workes and tribulation and pouertie but thou art riche and I knowe the blasphemie of them which say they are Iewes and are not but are the Synagogue of Satan 10 Feare none of those things whiche thou shalt suffer beholde it shall come to passe that the deuill shall cast some of you into prison that ye may be tryed and ye shall haue tribulation ten dayes be thou faithfull vnto the death and I will giue thee the crowne of life 11 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith to the Churches He that ouercometh shal not be hurt of the secōde death 12 And to the Angel of the Church whiche is at Pergamus write This saith he which hath the sharpe sworde with two edges 13 I knowe thy workes and where thou dwellest euen where Satans throne is and thou kepest my Name and hast not denied my faith euen in those dayes when Antipasmy faithful martyr was slaine among you where Satan dwelleth 14 But I haue a fewe things against thee because thou hast there them that mainteine the doctrine of * Balaam whiche taught Balac to put a stumbling blocke before the children of Israel that they shulde eat of things sacrificed vnto idoles and commit fornication 15 Euen so hast thou them that mainteine the doctrine of the Nicolaitans whiche thyng I hate 16 Repent thy self or els I wil come vnto thee shortely and will fight against them with the sworde of my mouth 17 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the spirit saith vnto the Churches To him that ouercometh wil I giue to eat of the Manna that is hid and will giue hym a white stone and in the stone a newe name writen whiche no man knoweth sauing he that receiueth it 18 ¶ And vnto the Angel of the Church which is at Thyatira write These thyngs saith the Sonne of God which hathe his eyes like vnto a flame of fyre and his fete like fine brasse 19 I knowe thy workes and thy loue and seruice and faith and thy pacience and thy wor kes and that they are mo at the last then at the first 20 Notwithstanding I haue a fewe things against thee that thou suffrest the 〈◊〉 * Ie sabel which calleth her self a Prophetesse to teache and to deceiue my seruants to make them commit fornication and to eat meats sacrified vnto idoles 21 And I gaue her space to repent of her fornication and she repented not 22 Beholde I wil cast her into a bed and them that commit fornication with her into great affliction except they repent them of their workes 23 And I wil kill her children with death and all the Churches shal knowe that I am he which * searche the reines and hearts and I wil giue vnto euerie one of you according vnto your workes 24 And vnto you I say the rest of them of Thya tira As many as haue not this learning nether haue knowen the depnes of Satan as they speake I wil put vpō you none other burden 25 But that which ye haue all ready holde fast til I come 26 For he that ouercometh and kepeth my workes vnto the end * to him wil I giue power ouer nations 27 And he shal rule them with a rodde of yron and as the vessels of a potter shal 〈◊〉 be broken 28 Euen as I receiued of my Father so will I giue him the
godlie e For he was assured that all things shulde prosper wel ther fore he ate and dranke and toke no care f In this word he declareth the somme whereun to all her flatteries did rend g The feare of God preserued him against her continual tentations “ 〈◊〉 to do vs vilennie shame h This declareth that where incontinencie is thereunto is ioy ned extreme impudencie and craft “ Or after this maner †Ebr. in the prison house i His cuil intreat mēt in the prisō may be gathered of the Psal. 105. 18 †Ebr. inclined mercie vnto him †Or lord k That is nothing was done without his cōmandement “ Or Eunuches the worde signifieth them that were in high esla 〈◊〉 or them that were gelded a God worked many wonderful meanes to de liuer his b That is euerie dreame had his interpretation as the thing after ward declared †Ebr. why are your faces euil c Can not God raise vp suche as shal interpret suche things d He was assured by the Spirit of God that his interpretation was true †Ebr. place e He refused not the meanes to be deliuered which he thoght God had appointed “ Or in the pit f That is made of white twigges or as some read baskets ful of ho les g He sheweth that the ministers of God oght not to conceile that which God reueileth vnto them h Which was an occasion to appoint his officers and so to ex amine them that were in prison †Ebr. at the end of two yeres of daies a This dreame was not so muche for Pharaoh as to be a meane to deliuer Ioséph and to prouide for his Church “ Or 〈◊〉 place b All these mea nes God vsed to deliuer his seruāt and to bring him in to fauour and 〈◊〉 c This 〈◊〉 was ynoughto teache him that this vision was sent of God d The wise of the worlde vnderstand not Gods secrets but to his seruants his Wil is reueiled e He confesseth his 〈◊〉 against the King before he speake of Ioséph “ Read Chapter 40. 5. f The wicked se ke to the Prophets of God in their necessitie whome in their prosperitie they abhorre Psal. 105. 20. g As thogh he wolde say If I in terpret thy drea me it cometh of God and not of me †Ebr. answer peace †Ebr. naught †Ebr. 〈◊〉 gone into theirs inwarde partes h Bothe his drea mes tend to on end “ Or abundance and saturitie “ Or they shal 〈◊〉 no more thep leatie i The office of a true Prophet is not only to shew the euilsto come but also the reme dies for the same k None shuld be preferred to honour that haue not gifts of God mete for the same Psal. 105. 21. 1. Mac. 2 〈◊〉 †Ebr. mouthe l Some read The people shal kisse 〈◊〉 that is shal obey thee in all things Act. 7. 10. “ Or his signes †Ebr. seconde 〈◊〉 m In signe of ho 〈◊〉 Which Word some expounde tender father or father of the kīg or knele downe “ Or the expounder of secrets “ Or priest n His age is men cioned bothe to shewe that his autoritie came of God also that he suffred imprisonment and exi le twelue yeres and mo †Ebr. made for gatherings Chap. 46. 20. and 48. 5. o Not Withstanding that his 〈◊〉 house was the true Churche of God yet the companie of the Wicked and prosperitie caused him to forget it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16. “ Or fode “ Or came to 〈◊〉 to Ioséph a This storie sheweth plainely that al thingsare gouerned by Gods prowidence for the profite of his Churche b As men destitute of counsell Act. 7. 12. †Ebr. shuld 〈◊〉 him c This dissc̄bling is not to be sollowed nor any 〈◊〉 facts of the father snot 〈◊〉 ouedby Gods Worde Chap. 37. 〈◊〉 †Ebr nakednes or 〈◊〉 Or is dead d The egyptians which were ido 〈◊〉 vsed to 〈◊〉 by their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for biddeth to sweare bi ary 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yet 〈◊〉 dwelling 〈◊〉 the wicked 〈◊〉 of their corruptions e And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 acknowledge 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 other wise they wolde dissemble Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g God will take vengeance vpon vs and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 measure †Ebr. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thē h Thogh he shewed him selfe 〈◊〉 gorous yet hys 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i Because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 accused them of their 〈◊〉 thei thoght God wolde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them to 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ 〈◊〉 can not be founde “ Or light vpon me k For thei semed not to be touched with any loue 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 which increased his sorowe partely as 〈◊〉 he suspected thē for Ioséph a This was a great tentation to Iaakob to suffre so great 〈◊〉 ne in that land where God had promised to bles se him Chap. 42. 20. Chap. 42. 20. “ Or of our 〈◊〉 and condition †Ebr. to the mouthe of these wordes that is 〈◊〉 thing which he asked vs. Chap. 44. 〈◊〉 †Ebr. I wil sinne 〈◊〉 thee Or swere smel les b when we are in 〈◊〉 or danger God forbiddeth not to vse alhonest mea nes to better or estate conditiō c Our chief trust ought to be in God and not in worldly meanes d He speaketh these wordes not so muche of 〈◊〉 as to make hissonnes more careful to bryng againe their bro ther. “ Or the ruler of his house e So the Iudgement of God pres sed their 〈◊〉 †Ebr. role him selfe vpon vs. †Ebr. cast him 〈◊〉 vpon 〈◊〉 Chap. 42. 〈◊〉 “ Or you are wel f Not withstanding the corruptions of Egypt yet Ioseph taught his familie to feare God †Ebr. peace g For they two onely were borne of 〈◊〉 †Ebr. bowels †Ebr. bread h To signifie his dignitie i The nature of the superstitious is to condemne all other in respect of them sel ues k Some time this worde 〈◊〉 to be dronken but here it is 〈◊〉 that thei had ynough and 〈◊〉 of the best wine a We may not by this example vse any vnlawful practises seing God hathe commanded vs to walke in simpli citie †Ebr. the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b Because the people thoght he colde denine he 〈◊〉 to him selfe that knowledge or els he faineth that he consulted with so the saiers 〈◊〉 which simulation is worthy to bereproued †Ebr. innocent c To signifie how greatly the thing displeased them how sory thei were for it d If we 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 dent cause of our affliction let vs loke 〈◊〉 the secret counsell of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vs iustly for our sin nes e Equal in 〈◊〉 or next vn to the King Chap. 42. 13. †Ebr. childe of his olde age “ Or that I may se him Chap. 43. 〈◊〉 †Ebr. be with vs. f Rahél bare to Iaakob Ioséph and Beniamin g Ye shall cause me to dye for 〈◊〉 †Ebr his
God had ap 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 shuld be 〈◊〉 oyed made the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 Chap. 7. 1. g Some read For 〈◊〉 an shal be in steade of the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 to come out in the siege against thee a This Lawe declareth 〈◊〉 hor rible a thing mur ther is 〈◊〉 that for one man a whole 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 punished except a remedy be founde “ Or rough b 〈◊〉 blood 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a so 〈◊〉 place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 make 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the fact c This was the 〈◊〉 whiche the Priests made in the audience of the people d Signifying that her former life must be changed 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 be ioyned to the people of God e As hauing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and countrey f This onely was permitted in the 〈◊〉 otherwise the 〈◊〉 colde not mary strangers g This declareth that the 〈◊〉 of wiues 〈◊〉 of a corrupt affection “ Or while the sonne of the hated liueth h As muche as to 〈◊〉 of the others i Except he be vnworthy as was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k For it is the mothers 〈◊〉 also to instruct her children l Which death was also appoin ted for 〈◊〉 and idolaters so that to disobey the parents is moste horrible m For Gods Lawe by his death is satisfied and 〈◊〉 abhorreth 〈◊〉 Gal. 3. 13. Exod. 23. 4. a As thogh thou sawest it not b Shewing the brotherly affection must be shewed not one ly to them that dwel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnto vs but also to them which are 〈◊〉 c Muche more art thou bounde to do for thy neighbours 〈◊〉 d For that were to 〈◊〉 ordre of nature to despite God e If God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 done to li I birdes 〈◊〉 muche more 〈◊〉 man made accor ding to his images f The 〈◊〉 of this 〈◊〉 to walke in simpli 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 of newe 〈◊〉 Nomb. 〈◊〉 38. g That is be 〈◊〉 occasion that she is standred h Meaning the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of her 〈◊〉 were i For the 〈◊〉 of the childe re doundeth to the shame of the parents therefore he was recompenced when she 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Leuit. 20. 10. Or defiled “ Or no sinne worthy death k Meaning that the innocent 〈◊〉 not be punished Exod. 22. 16. l He shal not lye with his step mo ther meaning he reby allother de grees forbidden 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Ether to bears office or to 〈◊〉 a wife b This was to cause them to liue chastely that their 〈◊〉 might not be reiected Nomb. 22. 5. Nehem. 13. 〈◊〉 c Hereby he con demneth all that further nor the children of God in their vocation d Thou shalt ha ue nothing to do with them e If the fathers haue 〈◊〉 their idolatrie and receiued 〈◊〉 f For the 〈◊〉 of nature g Meaning hereby that his peo ple shulde be pu 〈◊〉 he in soule and body h This is ment of the 〈◊〉 then who fled for their masters 〈◊〉 and imbraced the 〈◊〉 religion 〈◊〉 gates i Forbidding he reby that anie gaine gotten of 〈◊〉 things shulde be applied to the 〈◊〉 of God Mic. 1. 7. Exod. 22. 25. Leu. 25. 36. k This was permitted for a time for the hardenes of their heart l If thou shewe thy charitie to thy 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 declare his loue toward thee m If the vowe be 〈◊〉 and godly n Being hiredfor to labour o To bring home to thine house 〈◊〉 12. 1. a Hereby God approueth not that light diuotcement but permitteth it to auoide further inconuenience Matth. 10. 7. b Seing that by dimitting her he iudged her to be vncleane and 〈◊〉 c That thei might learne to knowe one anothers cōditions so after warde liue in godly peace d Nor aniething whereby a man 〈◊〉 his liuing 〈◊〉 13. 2 Nomb. 12. 10. e As thogh thou woldest appoint what to haue but shalt receiue what he may 〈◊〉 f Thogh he 〈◊〉 de be vnthankeful yet God wil not forget it Leui. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tob. 4. 〈◊〉 2. King 4. 〈◊〉 2. Chro. 25. 4. 〈◊〉 31. 29. Ezech. 18. 20. g Because the world did least esteme these sortes of people the refore God hathe moste care ouer them Leu. 19. 9. 23. 22. “ Or gatherest thine oliues “ Or the grapes of thy vineyarde h God iudged then not mindeful of his benefite except they were beneficial vnto others a Whether 〈◊〉 be a plaintife or none the magistrates ought to trie out fautes punishe according to the crim b When 〈◊〉 me 〈◊〉 not death c The iewes of 〈◊〉 after ward toke one awaie 2. Cor. 11. 24. 2. Cor. 9 9. 1. Tim. 5. 18. Ruth 4. 3. Matt. 22. 24. Mar. 12. 19. 〈◊〉 20. 27. d Because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 worde signifieth not the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Worlde 〈◊〉 signifieth a bro her is taken also for a kinseman it semeth that it is not 〈◊〉 that the naturall brother shuld ma 〈◊〉 his brothers wif but some other of the kinred that was in that degre which might mary e This 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that god ly 〈◊〉 fastnes be preserued 〈◊〉 It is an horrible thing to se a wo man pasis hame †Ebr. 〈◊〉 and stone †Ebr. 〈◊〉 and ephah read Exod. 16. 36. Exod. 17. 〈◊〉 f This was parte ly accōplished by Saul about 450. yeres afterward a By this ceremo mie they acknow ledge that they receiued the lād of Canáan as fre gift of God b To be called vpon seruer and worshipped spiritually Chap. 12. 5. c Meaning Iaakob who 〈◊〉 20 yeres in Sytia d Onely by 〈◊〉 mercie and not by their fathers desernings e Alledging the promises made to our fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakob f In token of a thankful heart and mindful of this 〈◊〉 g 〈◊〉 thai God giueth vs not goods for curselues onely but for their vses also which are 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 charge h without hypo crisie Chap. 14. 27. i Of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 k Or for 〈◊〉 cessitie l By putting thē to anie prophane vse m As farre as my sinneful nature wolde suffer for els as Dauid and Paul say where is not one iust Psal. 14. 4. Rom. 3. 10. n with a good and simple conscience Chap. 7. 6. 14. 2. o 〈◊〉 that there is a mutual bonde betwene God and his peo ple. Chap 4. 7. Chap. 7. 6. 〈◊〉 13. 11. a As Gods minister and charged with the same b God wolde that his Law shul de be set vp in the 〈◊〉 of the land of Caná an hat all that loked thereon might knowe that the landwas dedicate to his seruice Exod. 20. 25. Iosh 8. 31. c The altar shul de not be curiously wroght because it shulde 〈◊〉 we but for a time for God wolde haue but one altar in Iudáh d That euerie one may wel read it and vnder stand it e This condition God hathe boun de theevnto that if thou wilt be his people thou must kepe his Lawes f Meaning Ephráim and 〈◊〉 g Signifying that if they wolde not obey God for loue they shulde
shepe that Wandreth in the darke valley With out his shepherd e 〈◊〉 his enemies soght to de stroy him yet God 〈◊〉 him and dealeth moste liberally With him in despire of them f As Was the maner of great 〈◊〉 g He setteth not his felicitie in the pleasures of this Worlde but in the feare and seruice of God Deut 10. 14. Iob. 28. 25. 1. Cor. 10. 27. a He noteth two things the one that the earth to mans iudgement semethaboue the 〈◊〉 and next that God 〈◊〉 aculously 〈◊〉 the earth that it is not drowned With the Waters which naturally are aboue it b Thogh circum cision 〈◊〉 the carnal sede of Iaakob from the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he that 〈◊〉 God is the true Iaakob and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c Dauid desireth the buylding 〈◊〉 of the Temple Wherein the glo rie of God 〈◊〉 appeare vnder the figure of this Temple he also 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 whiche was 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 as is writen 〈◊〉 132 14. a I put not my 〈◊〉 in anie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b That thou 〈◊〉 take 〈◊〉 mine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy rods Isa. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 10 〈◊〉 c Reteine me in the 〈◊〉 of thy promes that I 〈◊〉 not on any side d 〈◊〉 against all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that his 〈◊〉 sinnes were the cause that his enemies did 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 l may be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the intent that the effect 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 is call thē to repentance g He wil 〈◊〉 c fort them 〈◊〉 are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 respect i Meaning the 〈◊〉 is very 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k He wil direct 〈◊〉 with his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to followethe right waye l He shal prosper 〈◊〉 sp ritual and 〈◊〉 things m His 〈◊〉 cō 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 worde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 n 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 because of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 crueltie o The greater that his 〈◊〉 were themore that his enemies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p For as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 haue be 〈◊〉 my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ly toward mine 〈◊〉 let 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that thou 〈◊〉 the defender 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a He 〈◊〉 to God to be the 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 cause seing there 〈◊〉 no 〈◊〉 among men b My very affections 〈◊〉 in ward motions of the heart c He sheweth what 〈◊〉 him that he did not recompence euil for euil d He declareth that thei can not walke in simplicitie before God that delite in the companie of the vngodlie e I wil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with a pure affection and with the godhe that sa 〈◊〉 vnto 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 me 〈◊〉 in the ouerthrowe of the wicked g 〈◊〉 cruel hands 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 deuises of their hearts h I am 〈◊〉 from mine 〈◊〉 by the power of God and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 him opēly a Because he was assured of good successe in all his dāgers and 〈◊〉 his saluation 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 laid vp in God he feared not the 〈◊〉 nie of his enemies b That God wil deliuer me and 〈◊〉 my faith the victorie c The 〈◊〉 of countrie wise all worldely 〈◊〉 greue me not in respect of this one thing that I may not praise thy Name in the middes of the 〈◊〉 d Dauid assured him selfe by the Spirit of 〈◊〉 that he shulde ouercome his ene mies and serue God in his Taber nacle e He groundeth vpon Gods promes and 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 most wil ling to obey his commandement f He 〈◊〉 Gods loue towards his which farre passeth 〈◊〉 most tender loue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 towards their 〈◊〉 g But ether 〈◊〉 their wrath or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 age h In this present life before 〈◊〉 dye as 〈◊〉 38. 11. i He exhorteth him self to depen de on the Lord seing 〈◊〉 neuer fai led in his promises a He 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 as a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God shew his fauour 〈◊〉 him and 〈◊〉 him his petition b He 〈◊〉 this outward meanes to helpe the wea 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 for in 〈◊〉 place was the Arke there God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shewe the tokenso his fauour c Dest 〈◊〉 not the good with the 〈◊〉 d He thus 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 of Gods glorie and not for his owne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 assured that od 〈◊〉 punish the 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 destroyed as 〈◊〉 1. 4. f 〈◊〉 he felt 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Gods help in his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was opened to sing his praises g Meaning his 〈◊〉 who we reas 〈◊〉 by whome God declared his power a He 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to humble them selues vnder Gods hand and 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 beasts and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b The thunder clappes that are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the cloudes ought 〈◊〉 make the 〈◊〉 ked to tremble for feared of Gods 〈◊〉 c That is the thunderbolte 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the moste strong trees and 〈◊〉 men 〈◊〉 their power to be able to 〈◊〉 God d Called 〈◊〉 Hermon e It 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 nings to 〈◊〉 and glyde f 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s most 〈◊〉 where as semeth there is no 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 g F r 〈◊〉 maketh them to cast 〈◊〉 ei 〈◊〉 h Maketh the trees bare or 〈◊〉 the most 〈◊〉 places i Thoghthewic ked are nothing moued with these fights 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ful praise God k To moderat the 〈◊〉 of the tempest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that they destroy not all a After that 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 it with 〈◊〉 filthie 〈◊〉 2. Sam. 7 2. b He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 which do notpraise God for his benefites c 〈◊〉 from the rebellion of 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 death 〈◊〉 narowly e The worde signisieth thē that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shew mercie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to others f 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 g I put to muche cons. d. 〈◊〉 in my quiet state as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8. psal 〈◊〉 8. h I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 me in 〈◊〉 moste 〈◊〉 Isai. 4. 7. i 〈◊〉 that thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 drawen 〈◊〉 helpe I felt my 〈◊〉 2. or 4. 17. 2 Chro. 〈◊〉 24. k Dauid meaneth that the dead are not profitable to the Cōgregacion of the Lord here in earth heresore he wolde liue to praise his Name which is the end of mans creation l Because thou hast preserued me that my tongue shulde praise thee I wil not be vnmindeful of my duetie 2. Sam. 23. 24. a For 〈◊〉 God declareth him self iuste when he preserueth his according as he hathe promised b Preserue me from the craftie counsels and subtil practises of mine enemies c He desireth God not onely to take care for him in this life but that his soule may be 〈◊〉 after this life d This affection ought to be in all Gods children to hate whosoeuer thing is not grounded vpon asure trust in God at 〈◊〉 vaine e 〈◊〉 signifieth comfort as straitnes sorow and peril f Meaning that his sorow and torment had con tinued a great while g Mine enemies had drawen all men to their 〈◊〉 te against me euen my chief friends h Thei
zion 〈◊〉 meaneth the plentiful 〈◊〉 about Ierusalém d VVhere 〈◊〉 is suche concorde a Ye that are Leuites chiefly ap pointed to this office b For their 〈◊〉 arge was not onely to kepe the Tē ple but to praye 〈◊〉 and to giue God 〈◊〉 c And therefore hathe all power blesse thee with his Fatherlie loue declared in zion Thus the Leuites vsed to praise the Lord and blesse the people a Ye Leuites 〈◊〉 are in his Sanctua 〈◊〉 b Meaning the people for the people and Leuites had their cour tes which 〈◊〉 places of the 〈◊〉 separate c That is hathe frely loued thep o 〈◊〉 of Abrahám d He ioyneth Gods power with his wil to the 〈◊〉 that we shulde not separat them hereby he willeth Gods people to depend on his power which he confirmeth by examples Iere. 10 12. Exod. 12 19. Nom. 21 1. 24 33. e He sheweth what fiute the godlie cōceiue of Gods power whereby theise how he destroyeth his enemies deliuereth his people f That is gouerne and defende his people g By shewing what 〈◊〉 God appointeth for the heathen idolaters he war neth his people to beware the like 〈◊〉 seing that idoles haue nether power nor life and that their deliuerance came not by ido les but by the mightie power of God read psal 〈◊〉 vers 4. a By this 〈◊〉 tion he sheweth that the least of Gods benefites binde vs to thankesgiuing but chiefly hismercie which is principally declared to wards his Church b This was a cōmune kinde of thankesgiuing which the whole people vsed whē thei had receiued anie benefite of God as 2. Chro. 7. 6 and 20. 〈◊〉 meaning that God was not onely mere ful to their fathers but also continued the same to their po 〈◊〉 c Gods merciful prouidence toward man appea reth in al his crea tures but chiefly in that that he de liueredhis Church from the 〈◊〉 me of their enemies d In doing such a worke as was neuer done before nor that anie other colde do e where for the space of 〈◊〉 ye res he shewed in finite and moste strange wonders f Declaring therby that no power nor autoritie was so dere vnto him as the loue of his Church g In our greatest 〈◊〉 sclauerie when we loked for nothing lesse then to haue had anie succour h Seing that God prouideth euen for the beastes muche more hathe he care ouer his i Seing that all ages haue had most plaine testimonies of Gods benefites a That is we abo dea long time 〈◊〉 that the co untrei was pleasant yet colde it not 〈◊〉 our teares not turne vs from the true ser uice of our God b To wir of that countrey c The Babyloniās spake thus inmoe king vs as thogh by our silence we shulde signifie that we hoped no more in God d Albeit the faith ful are touched with their parti cular griefs yet the commune so rowe of the Church is moste 〈◊〉 vnto them are 〈◊〉 as thei can not but remember lament e The decaye of Gods religion in their 〈◊〉 was so grieuous that no ioye colde make them glad except it was restored f According as Ezekiel 25 13 Ieremie 49 7 vers prophecied Abdias vers 10 she we h that the 〈◊〉 which came of 〈◊〉 conspired with the Baby lonians against their bre thren and 〈◊〉 like g VVhen thou didest visit Ierusalém h He alludeth to Isaies prophecie chap. 13 and 16. vers promising good succes to Cyrus and Darius whome ambition 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 against Babylon but God vsed them as his rods to punish his enemies a Euen in the pre sence of Angels of thē that haue autoritie among men b Bothe the Tem ple 〈◊〉 seruice at Christs cōming were abolished so that now God wil be worshiped onely in spirit trueth c Thou hast strēg thened me 〈◊〉 mine outward inward enemie d All the 〈◊〉 shal confesse that thou hast wonderfully preserued me 〈◊〉 med thy promes e Distance of pla ce can not hinder God to shewe mercie to his to iudge the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thogh they thinke that he is farre of f Thogh 〈◊〉 ene mies rage neuer so much yet the Lord which hath begon his worke in me wil continue his grace to the end a He 〈◊〉 that nether our actiōs thoghts or anie parte of our life can be hid to God thogh 〈◊〉 seme to be 〈◊〉 of b So that thei are euidently knowen to thee c Thou knowest my meaning before I speake d Thou so guidest me with thi 〈◊〉 hand that I cā turne no waie but where thou appointest me e From thy power and knowledge f Thy power doeth so fast holde me that I can escape by no meanes frō thee g Thogh darkenes be an hinderāce to mās sight yet it serneth thine eves as wel as the light h Thou hast made me in all 〈◊〉 and therfore must nedes knowe me i Cōsidering thy wonderful worke in forming me 〈◊〉 cā not but praise thee and feare thy mightie pow er k That is in my mothers wombe which he compa reth to the inward partes of the earth l Seing that thou didest knowe me before I was composed of ether flesh or bone much more now must 〈◊〉 knowe me whē thou 〈◊〉 facioned me m How oughtwe to esteme the excellent declaratiō of thy wisdome in the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 n I continually se newe 〈◊〉 to meditare in thy wisdome to praise thee o He teacheth vs boldely to contemne all the hatred of the wicked and friendship of the worlde when thei wolde let vs to serue God syncerely p Or anie henous 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 meaning that thogh he were subiect to finne yet was he not giuen to wickednes and to prouoke God by rebellion q That is continue thy fauour towards me to the end a Which persecuteth me of malice and without cause b That is by 〈◊〉 false 〈◊〉 lies thei kindle the 〈◊〉 of the wicked against me c He sheweth what weapons the wicked vse when power force faile them d He declareth what isthe 〈◊〉 die of the godlie when thei are 〈◊〉 pressed by the worldelings e He calleth to God with liuelie faith being assured of his mercies because he had before time prouen that God hel ped him euer in his dangers f For it is in Gods hand to ouerthro we the coun sels and enterpri ses of the wicked g It semeth that he alludeth to Saul h To wit God for Dauid saw that they 〈◊〉 probat and that therewas no hop of 〈◊〉 in them i Gods plagues shal light vpon him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he shal not escape k That is shal be defended and preserued by thy Father he 〈◊〉 and care a He sheweth thatthere is none other refuge in our necessities but onely to flee vnto God for cōfort of soule b He meaneth his ear nest zeale iesture whiche he
trust onely in the Lord bothe for that his power is able to 〈◊〉 them from all danger and for his promes sake his wil is moste readie to do it e Whose faith pacience for a while he tryeth but at length he punis heth the aduersaries that he may be knowen to be iudge of the Worlde f Thogh he visit them by 〈◊〉 hungre imprisonmēt and suche like yet his Fatherlie loue and pitie neuer faileth them yea rather to his these are signes of his loue g Meaning all thē that are 〈◊〉 of wordelie meanes and succour h He assureth the Church that God 〈◊〉 for euer for the preseruation of the same a He sheweth 〈◊〉 we ought to exercise our selues 〈◊〉 to take our pastime to 〈◊〉 in praising God b Because the Lord is the founder of the 〈◊〉 it can not be 〈◊〉 thogh the mēbers the 〈◊〉 be dispersed and seme as it we 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a time to 〈◊〉 of c VVith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 d Thogh it 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ble his Churche being so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 can be to hard 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that can 〈◊〉 and name all the 〈◊〉 e For the more high that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ter is 〈◊〉 fall in the end f He 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 examples of Gods 〈◊〉 pow er 〈◊〉 and wisdome that we 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wante moste iust occasiō to praise God g For their 〈◊〉 is as it 〈◊〉 a con fessiō of their nede 〈◊〉 can not be reliued but 〈◊〉 God onely then if God shew him self mindefull of the most contemptible foules cā he suffer them to dye with famine whome he 〈◊〉 assured of life euerlasting h Thogh to 〈◊〉 law ful meanes is both profitable pleaseth God yet to put our truste in thē 〈◊〉 to defraude God of his honour i He doeth not onely furnis he his Church with all things necessarie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 also the 〈◊〉 maketh 〈◊〉 strong against all outward force Ebr. fat k His secret working in all 〈◊〉 es is as a 〈◊〉 to kepe them in ordre and to giue them mouing and 〈◊〉 l For 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 resisting all things 〈◊〉 him m As 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 working in all his creatures 〈◊〉 word so he meaneth here by his worde the 〈◊〉 of life euerlasting whiche he hathe left to his Church as a moste precious treasure n The cause of this diff rēce is Gods 〈◊〉 which hathe elected 〈◊〉 in his Sonne Christ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and his iuste iudgement whereby he hathe appointed the reprobate to eternal damnation a Because they are members of the same bodie he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 our eyes which 〈◊〉 most 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 unto and by 〈◊〉 prompt 〈◊〉 teacheth vs to 〈◊〉 our 〈◊〉 b 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shineth in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this their 〈◊〉 is as a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of God c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h That is the 〈◊〉 power and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his Church i By 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 made with 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 his rare 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fites 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 b In that that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it was 〈◊〉 a newe creacion and therfore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 6 thei 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Go 〈◊〉 hands c For 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 soule and bodies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that his people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnto him as 〈◊〉 their most law 〈◊〉 King e This is 〈◊〉 accōplished in the kyngdome of 〈◊〉 when Gods people for iuste causes execute God 〈◊〉 against his enemies and it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to reuen 〈◊〉 theyr 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f Not onelye the people but the Kings that were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be destroyed g Hereby GOD 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 handes and 〈◊〉 of all his to 〈◊〉 terprise no father then he 〈◊〉 That is in the 〈◊〉 For his wonderfull power 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 whiche in 〈◊〉 is called a streching out 〈◊〉 spreading abroad wherein the migh tie worke of God shineth c Exhorting the people onelye to reioyce in praising God he maketh mencion of those instruments which by Gods commandement were appointed in the olde Law but vnder Christ the vse thereof is abolished in the Church d He sheweth that all the ordre of nature is bound to this duetie and muche more Gods children who ought neuer to cease to praise him til they be gathered into that kingdome whiche he hath prepared for his where they shal sing euerlasting praise * This word 〈◊〉 or Parable signifieth a graue and notable sentē ce worthie to be kepe in memorie and is some tyme taken in the euill parte for a mocke or scoffe That is what we 〈◊〉 to knowe 〈◊〉 followe and that we ought refuse Meaning the orde of GOD herein is the 〈◊〉 true knowdge To learne to sub it our selues 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 correction of ose that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 By liuing justly 〈◊〉 rendring to 〈◊〉 ye man that 〈◊〉 apperteieth vnto 〈◊〉 To 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 discrecion to 〈◊〉 them selues As he sheweth 〈◊〉 these parables 〈◊〉 the efct of religion as u hing maners 〈◊〉 doctrine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 people so 〈◊〉 he declare 〈◊〉 the same is 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 that are wise 〈◊〉 learned h That is of the Church where in the faithfull 〈◊〉 by the incorruptible sede of Gods worde †Ebr. increase of grace i To 〈◊〉 the wicked which haue not the feare of God k He 〈◊〉 not onely of the 〈◊〉 of blood with hand but of all 〈◊〉 practises which tende to the detriment of our neighbour 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 6. l As the graue is neuer 〈◊〉 so the 〈◊〉 of the wicked and their crueltie hath none end He 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 the Name of God which is the 〈◊〉 Father of alle 〈◊〉 or in the Name of the 〈◊〉 of the Churche who is as a father m He 〈◊〉 whereby the wicked are allured to ioyne together because they haue euerie one parte of the spoile of the innocent n That is haue nothing at all to do with them o He sheweth that there is no cause to moue these wic ked to spoile the innocent but their auarice and crueltie p VVhereby he 〈◊〉 cludeth that the 〈◊〉 man is a 〈◊〉 therer q This wisdome is the eternal word of God r So that none cā pretend ignorāce s VVisdome repro ueth thre kindes of men the foolish or simple whiche 〈◊〉 of ignorance and the mockers that can not suffer to be taught the fooles whiche are drowned in worldelie lustes hate the knowledge of godlines t This is spokē according to our capacitie signifying that the wicked which mocke and iest at Gods word 〈◊〉 haue the iuste rewarde of 〈◊〉 mocking u That is your 〈◊〉 whiche
Which haue to do in the 〈◊〉 as it 〈◊〉 by a solemne 〈◊〉 that thei 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 thereof d This is 〈◊〉 of Christ who toke vpon him our na 〈◊〉 to come to helpe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the cloke of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f So that We can not haue 〈◊〉 knowledge of him in this life g That is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the comming of Christ 〈◊〉 here 〈◊〉 by the spring 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all things 〈◊〉 h Thou that arte as 〈◊〉 of thy sinnes come and shewe thy selfe vnto me i Suppresse the 〈◊〉 whiles thei are yōg that is when they beginne to shewe their 〈◊〉 and destroye the vyne of the Lord. k The Church 〈◊〉 Christ to be moste readye to helpe her in all dangers a The Churche by night that is in troubles seketh to Christ but is not 〈◊〉 heard b Shewing that althogh We be not heard at 〈◊〉 firste yet we must still continue in 〈◊〉 till 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c which declareth that we must 〈◊〉 vnto all of whome we 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 any 〈◊〉 d Read Chap 2. 7. e This is 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 of Israél which Was led by the wildernes 〈◊〉 yeres †〈◊〉 powdre f Bythe bed 〈◊〉 ment the Temple Whiche Salomon made g He 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 watch whiche kept the 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 h All ye that are of the nomber of the faithful i Christ become man Was 〈◊〉 by theloue of God With the 〈◊〉 crowne of his 〈◊〉 a Because Christ 〈◊〉 in his Church he 〈◊〉 all that is in her b He hathe 〈◊〉 to the multitude of the faithful whi che are manie in nomber Chap. 6. 4. c VVherein are knowledge and zeale two precious iewels d Christ promiseth his Church to call his faithfull from all the corners of the Worlde e Christ 〈◊〉 his Churche sister in respect that he had taken the flesh of 〈◊〉 f In that he madē his Churche be 〈◊〉 and riche he loued his 〈◊〉 her g Because of thy confession thākesgiuing h The Church confesseth that all 〈◊〉 glorie and 〈◊〉 cometh of 〈◊〉 who is the 〈◊〉 fountaine of all grace i She desireth Christ to comforte her and to powre the graces of his Spirit vpon her whiche Spirit is mēt by the North and South Winde Chap. V. a The gardē signifieth the kingdome of Christ where heprepareth the bāket for his elect b The spouse saith that she is troubled with the cares of wordly things which is ment by sleping c Declaring the long pacience of the Lord towarde sinners d The spouse confesseth her nakednes and that of her selfe she hathe nothing or seing that 〈◊〉 is once made cleane she promiseth not to 〈◊〉 her self againe †Ebr. My bowels were moued towards him e The spouse whiche shuld be anoin ted of Christ shall not finde him if she thinke to anoint him with 〈◊〉 good workes f These are the false teachers Whiche wounde the conscience with their traditions g She asketh of them whiche are godlie forasmuch as the law and saluation shuld come out of ziō and Ierusalem that they wolde directe 〈◊〉 to Christ. h Thus say thei of Ierusalém i She describeth Christ to be of per 〈◊〉 beautie and comelines †Ebr. Tars hish k Hearing of the excellēcie of christ the faithful desire to knowe how to finde him a That is is cōuersant here in earth among men b VVhiche was a faire and stronge 〈◊〉 1. King 14. 17 c This declareth the exceding loue of Christ towarde his Church Chap. 4. 1. d Meaning that the giftes are infinite which Christ to his Churche or that his 〈◊〉 are manie in nōber e He she weth that the beginning of the Churche was smale but that it grewe vp to a great multitude f He went downe into the Synagogue to se what 〈◊〉 came of the Lawe and the 〈◊〉 g I foūde nothing but rebellion h I ran as swift as the nobles of my people in their charets i O ye people of Ierusalem for Ierusalem was called Shallem which 〈◊〉 peace Chap. VII a He 〈◊〉 the comelie beau tie of the Church in euerie parte which is to be vnderstand spiritual ly b Read Chap. 4. 5. c He deliteth to come nere thee to be in thy companie “ Or galeries d This the spouse speaketh e If the people that are called to Christ bring forthe anie frute a The Church cal led of the 〈◊〉 speaketh thus to the Church of Ierusalem “ Or me b Read Chap. 〈◊〉 c Read Chap. 3. 5. d The spouse desi reth Christ to be ioyned in perpetual loue with him e The Iewishe Church speaketh this of the Chur che of the Genti 〈◊〉 f If she be sure 〈◊〉 fast she is 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 housband to dwel in g The Church pro miseth fidelitie constancie h This is the vineyarde of the Lord hired 〈◊〉 Mat. 22 33. i Christ dwelleth in his Church whose voyce the faithful heare k The Church de 〈◊〉 Christ that if he depart from them yet that he wolde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 help them 〈◊〉 their troubles a That is areuela tion or prophecie which was one of the two mea nes whereby God declared him selfe to his seruants in olde time as Nom. 12. 6. therefore the Prophetes were called Seers 〈◊〉 Sam 9. 〈◊〉 b Isaiah was chiefly sent to Iudah and Ierusalém but not onely for in this boke are prophe cies concerning other nations al so c Called also Azariah 2. King read 2. King from Chap 14 vnto Chap. 21 and 2. Chro. from Chap. 25. vnto Chap. 33 d Becau se men were obstinate and insensible he calleth to the dumme creatures which were mo 〈◊〉 to obey Gods worde as Deu 32. 1 e He declareth his great 〈◊〉 towarde the Iewes for asmuche as he chose them aboue all other nations to be his people children as Deu 10 15. f Themoste brute and dulbeasts do more acknowledg their duetie toward their masters them my people do toward me of whome thei haue receiued benefits with out comparison g Ther were not onely wicked as were their fathers but 〈◊〉 corrupt and by their 〈◊〉 example infected others h That is him that sanctifieth Isracl i VVhat auaileth it to seke to amēd you by pur 〈◊〉 ēt seing the more I correct you the more yerebell k By naming the chief partes of the bodie he signifieth that there was no parte of the whole bodye of the Iewes fre from his roddes l Huerie parte of the bodie 〈◊〉 the least as the chie fest was plagued m Their plagues were so grieuous that they were incurable and yet they wolde not repent n Meaning of thē that dwell farre of which because they loke for no aduantage of that which remaineth destroye all before them o That is Ierusalem p Because that he wil euer haue a Church to call vpō his Name q That is all destroyed r Ye that for your vices deserued all
to be destroyed as they of Sodom sane that God of his mercie 〈◊〉 a litle nomber Lamen 〈◊〉 22. s Althogh God 〈◊〉 these 〈◊〉 for a time as aides and exercises of their faith yet because the people had not faith nor 〈◊〉 ce God decesteth them Psal. 50 14. ier 6. 20. amos 5. 21. mich 〈◊〉 7. t VVithout faith 〈◊〉 u Your sacrifices offred in the newe moones and feastes he condemmeth hereby hypo crites which thin ke to please God with ceremonies and they them selues are voide of faith and mercie x He sheweth that where men be giuen to auarice 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 which is ment by blood there God will shewe his 〈◊〉 and not accepte them thogh they seme neuer so holy as Chap. 59. 3. y By this outwarde washing he meaneth the spiritual exhorting the Iewes to repent and amend their liues z This kinde of reason ning by the seconde table the scriptures vse in manie places against the 〈◊〉 who pretend moste holines and religion in worde but when their charitie and loue towarde their brethren s hulde appeare thei declare that thei haue nether faith nor religion a To knowe if I do accuse you without cause b Lest sinners s pretend anie rigour on Gods parte he only willeth them 〈◊〉 be pure in hearte and he wil sorgiue all their sinnes were they 〈◊〉 so manie or great c He sheweth that whatsoeuer aduer sitie mā indureth it ought to be 〈◊〉 to hys owne incredulitie and disobedience d That is Ierusalē which had promised fidelitie vnto me as a wife to her husband e Giuen to 〈◊〉 and éxtor cion which he signified before by blood 〈◊〉 f VVharsoeuer was pure in thee before is now corrupt thogh thou haue an outward shew g That is they mainteine the wicked and the 〈◊〉 and not onelye do not punis he them but are them selues suche h VVhen God wil shewe him selfe merciful to hys Church he calleth him self The holie one of 〈◊〉 but when he hathe to do with his ennemies he is called Mightie as against whome no power is able to resist i I wil take vengeance of mine ad 〈◊〉 the lew es and so satisfie my desire by punishing thē VVhich thing yet he doeth with a grief becau se of his couenant k Lest the faithful among them shulde be ouercome with this threatning he addeth this consolacion l It is onely the worke of God to 〈◊〉 the heart of man whiche thing he doeth because of his promes made concerning the saluaction of his Church m By iustice is meant Gods faithfull promes whiche is the causs of the deliuerance of his 〈◊〉 n The wicked shal not be partakers of GODS promes Psal. 92. 9. o That is the trees and pleasantplaces where ye commit idopatrie which was forbidden Deut. 16. 22 p The false GOD wherein ye put vour confidence shal be consumed as easely as a piece of towe 〈◊〉 4. 1. a The decre and ordinance of God touching the restauration of the Church which is chiefly ment of the time of Christ b In an 〈◊〉 place to besene discerned c VVhen the king dome of Christ shal be enlarged by the preaching or the doctrine Here also 〈◊〉 declared the zeale of the children of God when they are called d Alluding to mouatzion whe re the visible Church them was e Meaning the wholedoctrine of saluacion f This was accomplished when the Gospel was 〈◊〉 preachedin 〈◊〉 and from thence went through all the worlde g The lord which is Christ shal haue all power giuē him h That they may acknowledge their sinnes and turne to him i He sheweth the frute of the peace which the Gospel shulde bring to wit that 〈◊〉 shulde do good one to another where as before they were enemies k Hespeaketh not against the vse of weapons and lawful warre but sheweth how the heart of the godlie shal be effected one toward another which peace and loue doethbe ginne and growe in this life but shal be perfited when we are ioy ned with our head Christ Iesus l Seing the Genti les wil be so readie make you haste and shewe thē the way to worship God m The Prophet seing the smaleho pe that he Iewes wolde complaineth to God as thogh he had vtterly for saken thē for their sinnes n Ful of the corru ptions that reigned chiefly in the East partes o Thei altogether giue them selues to the facions of other nations p The Prophet first condemned their supe stition idolatrie next their 〈◊〉 and thirdly their vaine trust in 〈◊〉 meanes q He noteth the nature of 〈◊〉 idolaters which are neuer satisfied in their supersticions r Thus the Prophet spake being inflamed 〈◊〉 the zeale of Gods glorie and that he might feare them with Gods iudgement s Meaning 〈◊〉 as GOD shalbegin to execute his iudgements t By hightrees and mountaines are 〈◊〉 them that are proude and loftie and thinke them selues moste strong in this 〈◊〉 u He condemneth their vaine 〈◊〉 which they had in strong holdes and in their riche marchandise which broght in vainepleasures where with mens mindes became 〈◊〉 * Hoseah 10. 8. * luk 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 * reuel 6. 〈◊〉 9. 6. x They shal 〈◊〉 them into 〈◊〉 vile and 〈◊〉 places when 〈◊〉 perceiue 〈◊〉 they are notable to helpe them y Cast of your vai ne considence of man whose life 〈◊〉 so fraile that it his nose be stopped he is dead consider that you haue so do with God Chap. III. a Because thei 〈◊〉 sted their abundā ce and prosperirie he sheweth that thei shulde be taken 〈◊〉 thē b The temporal gouernour the minister c By these he mea ne h that God wolde take away euerie thing that was in any estima cion and wherein they had anie 〈◊〉 to vante them selues e For lacke of good regiment ordre d Not onely 〈◊〉 age but in wit meaners knowledge strength f He sheweth that this plague shalbeso horrible that contrarie to the communema 〈◊〉 of men which by 〈◊〉 an 〈◊〉 us none shal be scunde able or willing to be their gouernour g 〈◊〉 shal 〈◊〉 cause him to for 〈◊〉 him self them to take suche a dangerous 〈◊〉 vpon him h VVhen God 〈◊〉 examine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whereupon they now set an impudent face 〈◊〉 shal finde ma ke of their 〈◊〉 in their fore head i Be yethat 〈◊〉 godlie assured that God wil defend you in the middes of 〈◊〉 troubles k Because the wicked people were more 〈◊〉 to their princes then to 〈◊〉 commandements of God he sheweth that 〈◊〉 woldegiue them 〈◊〉 princes by whome they 〈◊〉 be manifest tokens of his wrath because they shuld befoles and 〈◊〉 l 〈◊〉 that the rulers and gouerners had destroyed 〈◊〉 Church and not p 〈◊〉 it according to their 〈◊〉 m That is ve shewe all crueltie against them n He menaceth people because of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of their Wo men Which gaue
them selues to all Wantornes and dssolution o VVhich declared their 〈◊〉 p As a signe that they Were not chaste q VVnich shewed their Wantonnes r Thei delited thē in slippers that did creake or had litle plates sowed vpō them Which tynckled as they Wēr s In rehearsing all these things particuliarly he sheweth the lightnes and vanitie of suche as cannot be content With 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to their 〈◊〉 t Meaning that God Wil not onely punish that Women but their housbādes Which haue suffred this 〈◊〉 and also that commune Weale Which hathnot remedied it Chap. IIII. a VVhen God shal execute this vengeance there shal not be one man founde to be the 〈◊〉 to manie Wo men and 〈◊〉 con 〈◊〉 to Womanly shamefastnes shal seke vnto mē and offer themsel ues to anie condition b Be 〈◊〉 our houshand and let vs be called thy Wines c For so they thoght it to be Without an head and housband d He comforteth the Church in this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal spring vp like abud signifying that Gods graces shulde be as plentiful towarde the faithful as thogh they sprang out of the earth as Chap 45. 8. Some by the bud of the Lord meane Christ e He alludeth to the boke of like Whereof read Exod. 32. 32. meaning Gods secret counsel Wherein his elect are predestinate to life euerlasting f That is the crueltie extortion anarice and all Wickednes g VVhen thingeshalbe redressed that Were amisse h He alludeth to the piller of the cloude Exod. 13. 21. meaning that Gods fauour and protection shulde appeare in euerie place i The faithful are called the glorie of God because his image and tokens of his grace shine in thē k God promiseth to be the defense of his Church against all troubles and dangers a This prophet by this song 〈◊〉 set before the peoples eyes their in gratitude Gods mercie b That is to God 〈◊〉 2. 21. c Meaning that he had planted his Church in a place 〈◊〉 moste plentiful and abūdant 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d He spared no di 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cost e In the seuenth verse he declareth What thei Were f He maketh them iudges in their owne cause forasmuche as it Was 〈◊〉 that they Were the cause of their owne ruine g I Wil take no more care for its meaning that he Wolde take from them his 〈◊〉 ministers and all other comfortes and send them cōtrarie plagues h Iudgement and righteousnes are true frutes of the feare of God and therefore in the cruel oppressers there is no religion i Of them that are oppressed k To Wit for the poore to dwellin l I haue heard the complaint 〈◊〉 of the poore m VVhich 〈◊〉 about ten pottels so that eue rie acre shulde but yelde one pottel n VVhich conteineth and hundreth pottels o An Ephah conteineth tē pottels and is in 〈◊〉 things as muche as bath is in licours p That spare no peine not diligen 〈◊〉 followe their lastes q VVhich are neuer weary of their rioting and excessiue pleasures but vse all meanes to prouoke to the same r They regar de not the prouident care of God ouer them 〈◊〉 for What end 〈◊〉 hathe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s 〈◊〉 shal certeinely go for so the Prophetes vse to speake as thogh the thing Which shal come to passe Were done already t Because thei 〈◊〉 de not obev the Worde of God u Meaning the graue shal swallowe vpthem that shal dye for hungre and thirst and yet for 〈◊〉 this great destruction it shal neuer be sa ciate x God comforteth the poore lambes of his Church Which had bene strangers in other countries promising that they shal de dwel in those places againe Whereof thei had 〈◊〉 depriued by thesat and cruel tyrants y VVhich vse all allurements occasions and excuses to 〈◊〉 their consciēce in sinne z He sheweth What are the Wor des of the Wicked When they are menaced With Gods iudgements 2 Pet. 3. 4. a VVhich are not ashamed of sinne not care for hone stie but are growē to a desperate impietie b VVhich are con temners of all doctrine and admoni nitions c VVhich are neuer Weary but shew their strēgth bragge in glot 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 d Sothe they and 〈◊〉 posteritie so that 〈◊〉 shal be lest e He sheweth that God had sosore pu nished this people that the dumme creatures if 〈◊〉 had beneso plagued Wolde haue bene more 〈◊〉 and therefore his plagues must continue til they begin to fele them f He Wil make the Babylonians to come against thē at his 〈◊〉 and to fight vnder his standerd g Thei shal be and 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Gods vengeā ce h The enemie shal haue none impediment i VVhereby is declared the crueltie of the enemie k The Iewes shal finde no succour k In the land of Iu dah a God sheweth not him self 〈◊〉 man in his 〈◊〉 but according osmans capaci 〈◊〉 is able to comprehend 〈◊〉 that is is by visible signes as Iohn 〈◊〉 sawe the holie Gost in the forme of a dooue b As a iudgeready to giue sentence c Of 〈◊〉 garment or of his throne d They Were Angels so 〈◊〉 because they Were of a fyrie colour to signifie that they burnt in the loue of God or Were light as fyre to execuce his Wil. e Signifying that they Were not able to endure the brightnes of Godglorie f VVhereby Was declared that man Was not able to se the brightnes of God in them g VVhich thing de clareth the 〈◊〉 obedience of the gels to execute Gods commandement h 〈◊〉 oft repetition signifieth that the holy Angels can not satisfie them selues in praising God to teache vs that in all our liues We shulde giue out selues to the 〈◊〉 nual praise of God i His glorie doeth not onely appeare in the heauēs but through all thē Worlde and therefore all creatures are bounde to prai se him k VVhich things Were to confirme the Prophet that it Was not the voyce of man and by the smoke Was signified the blindenes that shulde come vpon the Iewes l He speaketh this for two causes 〈◊〉 one because he that Was a mortal creature and therefore had more nede to glorifie God then the Angels didit not the other because the more nere hat mā approcheth to God the more doeth he knowe his owne 〈◊〉 and corruption m Of the 〈◊〉 offrings Where the fyre neuer Went out n This declareth that man can not rendre true obedience to God til he haue purget vs. o VVhereby is declared that for the malice of man God Wil not immediatly take away his Worde but he Wil cause it to be preached to their condemnation when as they wil not learne thereby to obey his Wil and be saued hereby he exhorteth the ministers to do their duetie answereth to the Wicked murmurers that through their owne malice their 〈◊〉 is hardened Mat. 13. 14. act 28. 16. rom 〈◊〉 8. p As
Chap. 3. 17 c To wit Satan Ioh. 12. 〈◊〉 14. 30. Ephes. 6. 〈◊〉 d In whome god doeth shew him self to be 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is called so in respect of his office e As they which 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 seke to besene and knowen 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 gene 1. 3. f Which are your seruants g That we hauing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shuld communicate the same with 〈◊〉 and therefore Christ calieth thē the light of the world Mat. 5. 14. h Albeit the ministers of the gospel be contem ptible as touchīg their persone yet the treasure which they carie is nothing worse or inferior i All the faithful and 〈◊〉 the ministers must drinke of this cup because the worlde heateth Christ and also that the 〈◊〉 shulde bē comformable to Christ their head yet by the mightie power of Christ who ouer came death they are made conque 〈◊〉 k By our death you haue life so that the frute of our afflictions co meth to you l The same faith by the inspiratiō of the holie Gost m In 〈◊〉 vs from these dan gers which is as it were a restoring from death to life Psal. 116. 10. n That in being deliuered and restored to you againe may not onely myself 〈◊〉 God thankes for this infinite 〈◊〉 of deliuerance but also you all which 〈◊〉 bothe partakers of mine affliction and comforte may abundantly set forthe his glorie Or be 〈◊〉 o Groweth stronger p Which is so called in respect of the euerlasting life a After this bodie shal be dissol ued it shal be made incorrupti ble immortal “ Or if so be we shal be founde clothed and not naked Reuel 16. 15. “ Or wherein b Not onely quiet in minde but also ready to susteine all dangers being assured of the good successe thereof “ Or strangers in the bodie c For here onely we beleue in God and se him not d In this bodie e Out of this bo die to heauen Rom. 14. 10. f That is ether glorie or shame g His feareful iudgement h He reproueth the dignitie of his ministerie by the frute and effect therof which is to bring 〈◊〉 to Christ. i By imbracing the same faith which we preache to others k As they which more estemed the outward shewe of wisdome and 〈◊〉 then true godlines l As the aduersa ries said 〈◊〉 colde not abide to heare them praised m Our folie serueth to Gods glorie n Therfore who so euer giueth pla ce to ambition or vaine glorie is yet dead and liueth not in Christ. o As the onely faithful do in Christ. p According to the estimation of the worlde but as he is guided by the Spirit of God q We do not este me nor commen de Christ him self now as he was an excellent man but as he was the Sonne of God partaker of his glorie and in whome God dwelled corpotally and do you thinke that I wil 〈◊〉 my self or anie man in setting for the his giftes Yea when I praise my ministerie I commende the power of God when I commende our worthie factes I praise the mightie power of God set forthe by vs wormes and wretches Isa. 41 〈◊〉 r Let him be 〈◊〉 and renounce him self els all the rest is nothing Reucl. 21. 5. s Therefore without Christ we can not enioye the life euerlasting nor come to God t That is a sacrifice for sinne u By 〈◊〉 when we shal be 〈◊〉 with Christs iustice Isa. 43. 8. a To wit Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whetein he hathe powred for the his infinite loue b By the infideles if they sawe no frute come thereof 1. Cor. 4. 〈◊〉 c He declareth with what weapons he resisted his afflictions d Who is the efficient cause e Whiche is the final cause f By the Gospel and the power of God and hys owne integritie he ouer 〈◊〉 Satan the worlde as with weapōs on 〈◊〉 side most 〈◊〉 g Signifying his 〈◊〉 vehement affection h Their iudge 〈◊〉 was so corrupted that they were not likewise affectioned towardes hym as he was to 〈◊〉 them i She we like affection towardes me k He semeth to allude to that which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 22. 10. “ Or the deuill Eccle. 13. 31. Where the Lorde 〈◊〉 that an oxe and an asse be not yoked together because the match is vnequal so if the faithfull marie with the infideles or elshaue to do with them in anie thing vnlawful it is here reproued l So called because he hath not onely life in 〈◊〉 selfe but 〈◊〉 it also to all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 3. 13. and 6. 19. Leui. 26. 11. Isa. 52. 〈◊〉 Ierem. 31. 1. a Consider this wel ye that serue idoles with your bodies and yet thinke your consciences pure towarde God God wil one day 〈◊〉 you for your 〈◊〉 b Of bodie and soule c That we may teache you d By griedie 〈◊〉 e He had nether rest in bodie nor 〈◊〉 and it semeth that he al ludeth to that 〈◊〉 is written 〈◊〉 32. 25. for the crosse to mans eye is commune bothe to the godlie and to the wicked althogh to 〈◊〉 ends f This ioye 〈◊〉 all my sorowes 1. 〈◊〉 2. 19. g Whose hearts Gods Spirit doeth touche he is 〈◊〉 for his sinnes committed against so merciful a Father and these 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of his repentance as witnes Dauids and Peters 〈◊〉 others which are sorie for their sin nes onely for feare of punishment and Gods vengeance fall in 〈◊〉 desperacion as Cain Saul Achitophel and 〈◊〉 h In asking God forgiuenes i 〈◊〉 in iudging and 〈◊〉 your selues you preuented Gods angre “ Heart k The Greke worde 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is ment moste great loue and tender 〈◊〉 l Bothe in thinking and reporting wel of you a This benefite of God appeared in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 first that the Ma cedonians being in so great afflictions were so prompt to helpe others and next that being in great pouertie were verie liberal towards others b So that a moste abundant riuer of riches flowed out of their 〈◊〉 c So he 〈◊〉 their liberalitie ether because thei were the bestowers of Gods graces or because thei receiued thē of God frely and 〈◊〉 they desired Paul to se to the distribution thereof d Euerie man may do good that hathe abilitie thereunto but towil and haue aminde to do good cometh of 〈◊〉 charitie e That as you helpe others in their nede so 〈◊〉 shal releue your want f That bothe you and others as occasion shal serue may relieue the godlie according to their necessities Exod. 16. 18. g And willing ly offred him self to gather your almes h In 〈◊〉 the Gospel Some vnderstād Luke others 〈◊〉 i His wel doing is approued before God and man Rom. 12. 17. k That is by whome Christs glorie is greatly aduanced Prouerb 〈◊〉 Rom. 12 8. 〈◊〉 35. 11. a Lest thei 〈◊〉 giue but 〈◊〉 distrusting 〈◊〉 impo uerish thē 〈◊〉 thereby he sheweth that God wil so blese